287
Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide

Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    1

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Compact 616 DR5Installer Guide

Page 2: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radiofrequency energy. If not installed and used inaccordance with the instruction manual, it may causeinterference to radio communications. It has been testedand found to comply with the limits for a Class Acomputing device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC which are designed to provide reasonable protectionagainst such interference when operated in acommercial environment. Operation of this equipment ina residential area is likely to cause interference, in whichcase the user, at his own expense, will be required totake whatever measures may be required to correct theinterference. Each Key Telephone System isassigned an FCC Registration Number and a RingerEquivalence designation. The number and designationare printed on the Key Service Unit (KSU) label on thefront of the unit inside the door.

RegistrationThe Key Telephone System is registered with the FCCbased upon compliance with Part 68 of its rules. Connection ofthe Key Telephone System to the nationwidetelecommunications network is made through a standard networkinterface jack that you can order from your telephone company.Jacks for this type of customer-provided equipment will not beprovided on party lines or coin lines.

Interconnect Compact equipment meets all applicable requirements of

both the Canadian Department of Communications CS-03 andUS Federal Commission FCC part 68 and has been registeredunder files DOC 3322492A and FCC (key system) and

Brandon Hunt
Page 3: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) __ The FCC Registration Label, on the inside of the door on thefront of the Key Service Unit (KSU), the RingerEquivalence Number (REN). This number shows the electricalload that your KSU requires from your telephone line. Ifthe KSU requires more electrical current than your telephonecompany’s central office equipment can provide, your telephonesmay not ring and you may have difficulty dialing telephonenumbers.

Call the telephone company to find out the total REN allowed foryour telephone line(s).

Hearing Aid Compatibility telephones are compatible, as defined in

Section 68.316 of Part 68 FCC Rules.

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)Radiated emissions

Compact equipment meets all FCC part 15, class Aradiated emissions requirements..Conducted emissions

Compact equipment meets all FCC part 15, class A conducted emissions requirements.

Safety Compact equipment meets all applicable requirements of

both the Canadian Standards Association C22.2 No. 0.7 Ml 985and US Underwriter’s Laboratory UL-1459, issue 1, and hasbeen registered under files CSA andUL El 15515

Page 4: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Regulations iii

Telephone Company RegistrationIt is usually necessary to call the telephone company withinformation on the equipment before connecting the KeyTelephone System Key Service Unit (KSU) to the telephonenetwork but, if the telephone company requires this information,provide the following:

Telephone number(s) to which the Key Service Unit (KSU)will be connected.

FCC Registration Number (on label affixed to KSU, insidethe door).

Ringer Equivalence Number (on label affixed to KSU, insidethe door).

USOC JackRJ-21 X

Service Order Code (SOC) 9.0 F

Facility Interface Code

Use of a Music sourceIn accordance with U.S. Copyright Law, a license may berequired from the American Society of Composers, Authors andPublishers, or similar organization if Radio or TV broadcasts aretransmitted through the Music On Hold or Background Musicfeatures of this telecommunication system.

Northern Telecom Inc. hereby disclaims any liability arising out ofthe failure to obtain such a license.

This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class A limits forradio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the RadioInterference Regulations of the Canadian Department ofCommunications.

Page 5: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

iv Regulations- - - -

Rights of the CompanyIf the system is determined to be causing harm to the telephonenetwork, the telephone company may discontinue your servicetemporarily. If possible, the telephone company will notify you inadvance. If advance notice is not practical, you will be notified assoon as possible. You will be given the opportunity to correct thesituation and you will be informed of your right to file a complaintto the FCC. Your telephone company may make changes in its

facilities, equipment, operations or procedures that could affectthe proper functioning of your system. If it does this, you will benotified in advance to give you the opportunity to maintainuninterrupted telephone service.

In the event of an equipment malfunction, all repairs will beperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorizeddealers.

Address of a repair facility

USA Canada

Northern Teiecom Inc.Product Service Center640 DriveNashville, TN37210Attn.

Northern Telecom Canada Ltd.Customer Service Dept. 91412345 Albert Hudon

Compact Installer Guide

Page 6: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

PreparationInstalling the KSU

External lines and internal wiringInternal wiring chartInstalling the Emergency TelephoneTesting the Emergency Telephone

Installing the telephonesInstalling a wall-mounted telephone

Installing optional equipmentAuxiliary Ringer (Customer Supplied)External Music source (Customer Supplied)External Paging (Customer Supplied)Powering up the KSU

ProgrammingProgramming overviewSystem Startup overviewEntering System StartupChoosing the system templateConfiguration Overview

DataLine AccessCall HandlingMiscellaneousSystem DataUsing Set Copy

TroubleshootingTesting the lines and phonesAnalog Terminal Adapter troubleAuxiliary Ringer troubleCall Identification InterfaceDial tone absent (on external lines)External Paging troubleKSU downMusic on Hold/Background Music troubleTelephone dead

13456678999

10111116

1921242730333839394040424242434444

Brandon Hunt
Page 7: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

vi Contents

u pApplying the button labelsFor the customerFor the System CoordinatorIn the KSU pocketPersonal programmingCall Dispiay

46

Compact Installer Guide

Page 8: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Check the where the system modules, thetelephones, and auxiliary equipment are to be installed.

Location requirements Clean, dry, and well-ventilated

Temperature: to to 122°F)

Humidity: 5% to non-condensing

Location: at least 4 m (13.1 ft) from equipment such asphotocopiers, electrical motors, and other equipment thatcan produce electromagnetic, radio frequency, andelectrostatic interference.

Mounting requirementsIf a smooth surface is not available, cut a backboard largeenough to accommodate the system modules and thedistribution panel.

Chart 1 dimensions and required clearances.

Dimension

Length

Width

55.6 cm (21.9 in)

35.6 cm (14 in)

Height

Weight

Clearance (front)

a.7 cm

5.25 kg

l m

(3.4 in)

(11.6 lb)

(39.4 in)

Clearance (top)

Clearance (bottom)

30 cm

3 0 c m

(ii.8 in)

(11 .a in)

Page 9: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

2 Preparation

.--Equipment for mounting the modulesscrewdriver, diagonal cutters, pliers, connecting tool, pencil,level (optional)

three 0) wood screws, (1 long

thick wooden backboard (if necessary)

Internal wiring requirements new or existing wiring must meet the following specifications:

one twisted pair per telephone

a dc loop resistance less than 59

cable length (0.5 mm or 24 AWG) not to exceed 305 m(1000 ft)

of a Auxiliary Power Supply (SAPS) to extendthe loop up to 790 m if the cable is longer than 305 m(1000 ft)

no bridge taps

Electrical requirements Non-switched outlet

ac outlet located not more than 1.5 m (4.9 from the KeyService Unit (KSU).

For 11 OV product: dedicated 11 O-V ac nominal, 15-A minimum service with third wire ground

For 220V product: dedicated to 240-V ac nominal, 15-A minimum service with third wire ground

WARNINGThe ac must be equipped with a third wire groundto avoid electromagnetic interference.

as an OPX can be used as an off premise extension (OPX) from a

PBX. In order to support this applicaiton, the OPX lines must beengineered not to exceed 7 total loop loss from the servingcentral to the demarcation point at the KSU.

Compact Installer Guide

Page 10: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

(3.9 in) of clearance on its left-hand side, and at least cm (2 in) of clearance on its right-hand side (viewed

from the front of the KSU).

Unpack the KSU and inspect itfor damage:

Before installing the KSU, openthe KSU door Applyingupward pressure, lift the doorfrom its hinges.

Figure 1 Mounting theKSU

I

Do not the power ON tothe

Screw the top mounting screwhalf-way into the backboard.

Hang the KSU on thetop mounting screw (Figure 1).

Figure 2 Inserting theMake sure the KSU is level.

Install the bottom and right-handside screws. Tighten all screws.

Following the instructions on thelabel, install the SoftwareCartridge (Figure 2).

Cartridge

Brandon Hunt
Page 11: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

4 Installing the - - External wiring

lines

1. Cross-connect the external lines from the distribution paneldirectly to the modular jacks located on the left side of theKSU. Line 1 is connected to the bottom jack. (Each jack isidentified with its

2. Route the line cords on the KSU (Figure 3).

Connecting internal wiring1. Plug the cable into the KSU (Figure

2. Route the cable to the distribution panel.

3. Connect the wires to the appropriate pins on the internaldistribution block. (For details see Chart 2 InternalWiring.)

4. Cross-connect the internal wires to the corresponding pinson the internal distribution block.

5. Connect the telephones to your internal wiring loop.A pair of wires is required for each internal telephone. (SeeChart 2 Internal Wiring.)

Figure 3 Routing theline cords

Figure 4 Plugging in the cable

Compact Installer Guide

Page 12: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Installing the KSU 5

Internal wiring chartChart Internal Wiring:

Distribution BlockPin Wire Color Service T e l e p h o n e , P o r t

(Defaults)26 while-Blue T 1127 while-orange T 22 Orange-White26 White-Green T 33 Green-White29 While-Brown T 44 &own-White30531 Red-Blue T 66 Blue-Red32 T 7733 T 66

T 9935 T 101036 T 1111 Blue-Black37 T 1212 A

T 13

39 T 141440 Slack-Slate T 15

41 T 1616 A42 Yellow-Orange Spare17 Orange-Yellow

16 Green-Yellow441945 Yellow-Slate2046 V i -B lue Spare21 Spare47 Violet-Orange External Paging22 (audio signal)

External Paging23 Green-Violet Common (relay contact)49 Violet-Brown Ringer24 Common (relay contact)50 Violet-Slate Music Music25 Slate-Violet Ground (audio signal)

T and are symbolic representations of the telephoneconnections and should not be confused with Tip Ring.Telephone connections are non-polarized.

Page 13: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

6 Installing the KSU

Installing the Emergency TelephoneAn optional Emergency Telephone (ET) automatically connectsto Line 1 when the power fails or when power to the KSU isdisconnected.

Note: Use only a standard single-line telephone forthis purpose.

Installation Procedure1. Connect the customer supplied Emergency Telephone to the

Emergency Telephone (ET) jack on the lower right handcomer of the KSU panel.

2. Label the telephone: “Emergency Telephone Only. Thistelephone functions only when AC power to the telephonesystem is turned OFF.”

Testing the Emergency TelephoneThe Emergency Telephone must be tested with the KSU powerOFF.

1. Pick up the Emergency Telephone receiver.If you hear a dial tone, both the Emergency Telephone andLine 1 are functioning property.ORIf you hear no dial tone, check tine 1. Unplug theEmergency Telephone and connect it directly to Line onthe distribution block

2. If you still do not hear a dial tone, check the line connectionsand operation of the Emergency Telephone.

3. If the previous steps have been verified and there is still nodial tone at the Emergency Telephone, replace the KSU.

4. Repeat the Emergency Telephone test.

Compact Installer Guide

Page 14: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

1. Connect the receiver cord thetelephone modular jack (indicated by thesymbol at right). Route the cord throughthe appropriate cord guide in the base ofthe telephone.

2. Connect the line cord into the telephoneline modular jack (indicated by thesymbol at right). Route the cord throughthe appropriate cord guide.

3. Connect the other end of the line cord into the modular jackwired from the distribution panel.

4. When the telephone is connected to the KSU, the telephonedisplay and indicators flash briefly while the initializes. The telephone is operational when the displayshows the time and date.

telephones cannot be used as off-premise extensions(OPX). For OPX applications, use the Analog TerminalAdapter and a single line telephone. (See the installation card for details.)

CAUTIONNever install or remove the Software Cartridge when theKSU power is ON.

Brandon Hunt
Page 15: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

1.

8 installing the telephones

Installing a wall-mounted telephone

2.

3.

4.

5.

Remove the beveled wall-mountingbase from the back of the telephone.Grip the telephone, and with yourthumbs, push on the wide edge of thebase to pop it out from the telephone.

Remove the receiver clip from thewall-mounting base. Install the clip inthe forward lip “of the receiver rest.

Use a screwdriver or similar tool toremove the center knock-out panel inthe wall-mounting base.

Screw the base to the wall (thin endup) so that the wall jack projectsthrough the knock-out.

Connect one end of the line cord to thetelephone line jack (indicated by thesymbol below).

6.

7.

Route the line cord through theappropriate cord guide in the bottom ofthe telephone.

Connect the other end of the line cordto the wall jack. Store any spare cordneatly in the base of the telephone andmount the telephone on the base.

WARNINGIf the telephone line is supported with auxiliary power,the power source must be a Class 2 power source thatis UL and CSA Listed.

Compact Installer Guide

Page 16: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Optional equipment must meet with local regulatoryapproval standards.

Auxiliary (Customer Supplied)The KSU provides a control contact to operate anexternal ringer. It does not provide ring current or DC voltage.The ringer relay contacts must more than 50 from a30 Vdc source.

1. Follow the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

2. Connect the Auxiliary Ringer generator to the distribution block as shown in Chart 2 Internal Wiring.

External Music source (Customer Supplied)This equipment provides music for the Music on Hold andBackground Music features. These features must be enabledthrough Configuration (see the Programming section in thisGuide). Refer to the Compact System Guideand Compact Programming Record for more information.

The music source can be any approved low-power output device(such as a radio) with a high-impedance earphone jack. Therecommended KSU input level is 1 Vrms across an inputimpedance of 3300

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to audio equipment, ensure that thepolarity of the audio input is correct according to the

I KSU internal wiring chart.

Connect the music source and ground to the distribution block as shown in Chart 2 Internal Wiring.

2. Activate the Music on Hold or Background Music feature andadjust the volume at the music source to a comfortable level.

Brandon Hunt
Page 17: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Installing optional equipment

,, Background each can also

be controlled at the telephone:

External (Customer Supplied)The paging system uses the speakers on telephonesand can also be used with external loudspeakers provided by thecustomer. The paging output from the KSU is 775

across an input impedance of 600

1. Follow the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

2. Connect the paging system audio input to the distribution block as shown in Chart 2 Internal Wiring.

3. Connect the paging relay (max. rating: 30 Vdc tothe distribution block as shown in Chart 2 InternalWiring.

Note: external paging does not support talk-backpaging equipment unless an external line port is used.

Powering up the KSUPower ON the KSU by plugging in the power cord. The red’power LED on the KSU should turn ON.

2. If the red LED does not ON, verify that there is power at

the ac outlet.ORif there is power at the ac outlet, replace the KSU.

Note: Re-install the KSU door once the system is operational.

Compact Installer Guide

Page 18: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Programming a newly installed system involves thecompletion of the following programming steps:’

System Startup

Configuration

General Administration

Programming overviewSystem Startup

System Startup is performed only when the system is firstinstalled. System Startup allows you to one of threeprogramming templates: Square, Hybrid, or PBX. Each templateinitializes all of the programming data to system wide defaults.

ConfigurationAllows programming of basic line and telephone characteristics.

Configuration code: This code gives access to:

B. General adminc . s e t C O P Y

D.

General AdministrationAllows the customization of the system at installation and on anongoing basis. (See the Compact System CoordinatorGuide for details on Administration programming.)

General admin is accessible through theConfiguration code. For System Coordinators,Administration programming can only be accessed byusing an Administration code. An optional password maybe used after entering the Administration code.

Brandon Hunt
Page 19: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

12 Programming

Set CopyThis feature is to copy of system programming(Configuration and Administration) from on8 toanother. programming on individual canalso copied, but system-level programming will copiedalong with it. Copy appears on display as Set COPY

and is by using Configuration code.

S y s t e m V e r s i o nSystem Version you to not8 version numbers of thesoftware in the System Processor (SP) software, residing in theFeature Cartridge.

Version numbers can be used to determine whether you havethe latest software release, and to trace a software fault if on8occurs. For instance:

SP version numbers can indicate a Software Cartridgeincompatibility.

SP and telephone version numbers can indicate a version incompatibility.

SP and functional terminal version numbers can indicate afunctional terminal incompatibility.

To check the version number, start with the display showing System Version:

1. Press The display shows the version number of the SP.

2. Writ8 the SP version number on the appropriateMaintenance record.

Compact Installer Guide

Page 20: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Programming 13

Chart 3 Programming Overview

5 .

6 . S e r v i c e M o d e s

The M7208, and M7324 Telephones canbe used with the Compact system. Programming is donewith an M7208, M7310, or M7324 Telephone. as shown on thefollowing page.

Page 21: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

14 Programming

Telephone Telephone M7324 Telephone

You should have two aids to assist you in completing yourprogramming:

Programming RecordThe Compact Programming Record may already havebeen completed before installation. It describes the settings to beprogrammed into a system. Also, the ProgrammingRecord serves as a record of the settings programmed at initialinstallation and during subsequent upgrades.

Default settings: Many of the programming settings aredetermined during System Startup according to the selectedtemplate. Any of these settings may later be changed duringprogramming. In the Programming Record, these default settingsare shown in bold characters for the Square template.

Programming OverlayThe Programming Overlay is placed over the buttons of the

telephones, and provides an aid in recognizing thefunction of the buttons during programming. The ProgrammingOverlay can be found at the end of this guide.

Compact Installer Guide

Page 22: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Programming 15

The Programming Overlay for the M7208 Telephone is placedover all of the eight memory buttons (Figure 11). TheProgramming Overlay for the M7310 and M7324 Telephones(Figure 11) is placed over the top four memory buttons withindicators.

Figure 11 Programming Overlay for the M7208 Telephone (top) and forthe M7310 and M7324 Telephone (bottom)

Brandon Hunt
Page 23: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

16 Frogramming

System Startup overview

Perform System Startup after the system hardware has beeninstalled and powered up. System Startup is used by the installerto choose the appropriate template before starting programming.There are three templates available: Square, Hybrid and PBX.The Compact Programming Record explains what eachtemplate does.

CAUTIONStartup is to be used for initial installation only, or after asystem software upgrade with a new SoftwareCartridge. Do not use Startup after is inoperation; the procedure erases all systema d m i n i s t r a t i v e d a t a .

All Configuration and Administration data will be retained for atleast three days if the power fails or if the system ispowered OFF. After three days without power, it may benecessary to perform System Startup again.

Do not attempt Directory Number (DN) changes withintwo minutes of System Startup (using the Change option of Data). Attempting a DN changemay disable the ports.

System Startup AccessThe System Startup Access code and a password are used onlyby Installers to access System Startup.

The correct Startup code must be entered no later than 15minutes after the system has been powered up. AStartup code entered at any time after the 15 minute intervalresults in the message Startup denied. If this occurs,re-power the system again to prepare for the System Startupprocess.

Page 24: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Programming 17

Entering System Startup If at any time you do not wish to continue with entering

1,

2.

3.

System Startup, press

Select a telephone from which to program. Place thecorrect Programming Overlay over the buttons of thetelephone. A button may be used during programming whenits indicator turns

Using the telephone dial pad, press the System StartupAccess code:

Which is the same as:

At the Password: prompt, enter the Installer password:

Which is the same as:

(The Installer password is not shown on the display.)

The default password is which you will have to useif this is the first time that Configuration programming hasbeen accessed. If Startup must be performed on an existingsystem which has already been programmed, the Installerpassword might have been changed. The change shouldhave been properly recorded in the Compact Programming Record.

If the password is entered correctly, the display showsReset Proceed to change the system template asdescribed in the next procedure.ORIf the Password has been entered Password:remains on the display. Press the RETRY display button (or

on the M7208 Telephone) and the correctpassword.

Page 25: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

18 Programming

Choosing the system template1. The display shows Reset memory? To continue with System

Startup and choose the system template, press (or on the M7208 Telephone).

ORTo exit from System Startup, press (or on theM7310 and M7324 Telephone).

The display shows ate: Square. To accept theSquare template, go to step 3.ORTo select another template, press (or onthe M7208 Telephone} to select another template.

3. To accept the template shown and exit from System Startup,press NEXT or (or on the M7208 Telephone).System Startup is complete when the time and date appearon the telephone display.

Chart 4 System Startup

START HERE

digits for Code

Reset

ate

Jan am

Installer Guide

Page 26: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Programming 19

Conf igura t ion Overv iew Configuration programming allows you to specify basic systemcharacteristics for the customer site. Configuratian is notaccessible to System

Configuration provides access to the following programmingsections:

Data

2. Line Access

3, Handling

4. Miscellaneous

5. System Data

Configuration Access Code1. Press

ORPress

Installer Password1. At the Password: prompt, enter in the existing Installer

password. The default password is which you willhave to use if this is the first time that Configurationprogramming has been accessed.

2. If the password is entered correctly, the display shows

ORIf the Password has been entered incorrectly, Password:remains on the display. Press the display button (or

on the M7208 Telephone) and re-enter the correctpassword.

Note: For the security of Configuration data, do not give theStartup access code to anyone.

Page 27: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

20 Programming --

Chart 5 Configuration Overview

START HEREEnter digits for Configuration code

Heading

3 . Call Hand1 Next

Back

Brandon Hunt
Page 28: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Data

Programming 21

Use 1. Data to program characteristics for eachexternal line.

When you are finished programming the Data settingsfor a line, you may copy those exact settings to another line byusing the display button (or on the M7208Telephone) at the Show 1 prompt.

Entering the line to be programmedEnter any available line number between 01 and 06.

Dial ModeA dial mode can be assigned to each line. The mode defines thesignaling that the line will use. The default mode is Pulse.Another possible mode is Tone.

Lines that use Dual Tone Multi Frequency (DTMF) tones,should be set to Tone.

Full An external line is affected by Full Automatic Hold when it isplaced on hold when no digits have been dialed on it, but anotherline is selected. The default setting is No, which means that theexternal line is not held. Another possible setting is Yes.

This feature is useful if a “hotline” or “ring down tie line” isrequired.

Compact Installer Guide

Page 29: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

22 Programming

Line TypeA type can be assigned to each line. The type defines how theline is to be used in relation to other lines in the system. Thedefault type is Public. Other possible types are Private, Pool A,Pool B and Pool C.

If you define a line as Public, the line can be accessed bymore than one telephone.

If you define a line as Private, the line can only be assignedto one telephone.

If you assign a line to a Line Pool, that line can be availableto any telephone that is assigned access to that Line Pool.

If a line is assigned to one of the three Line Pools, but theline is not assigned to any telephone, that line can only beused for making outgoing calls.

If a line is assigned to one of the three Line Pools, you mustremember that there are still two more programming settingsthat must be assigned before a Line Pool can be used:

l You must assign Line Pool Access to telephones in LineAccess.

l You must assign Line Pool Access codes inMiscellaneous programming.

Prime telephoneThe Prime telephone provides backup answering for the selectedline. The default Prime telephone has the internal number 21.Other possible settings are any allowable internal numbers, orNone.

Each line can only have one Prime telephone.

Any Prime telephone can be assigned to provide backupanswering for more than one external line. All of these linesdo not necessarily have to appear on a line button with an .indicator; however, monitoring lines is made easier if there isa line button for every external line.

Page 30: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Programming 23

Auxiliary ringerAn auxiliary ringer can be enabled or disabled for calls coming inon the line. The default setting is Yes, which means that theringer will ring. Another possible setting is No.

Auto privacyAuto privacy can be enabled so that other users who haveaccess to a line on their telephone, cannot use that line while acall is already in progress on the line.’ If disabled, Auto privacyallows a user to select a line in use at another telephone, andjoin an call.

Chart 6 Data

1. Data 2. Line I

or

line:

4

Back

Dial Pulse

IBack

Full N

I

Line ic

set: 21Next

.. :

IBack

Compact Installer Guide

Page 31: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

24 Programming

Line AccessUse Line Access to program characteristics for each telephone.These characteristics establish which lines the telephone mayuse.

When you are finished programming the Line Access settings fora telephone, you may copy those settings to another telephoneby using the COPY display button (or on the M7208Telephone) at the Show set: prompt.

Entering the telephone to be programmedEnter any available DN. Default range from 21 to 36. can be later changed to a new number in D a t a ofConfiguration programming.

Settings are automatically applied for the AnalogTerminal Adapter if installed. See the Installation Guide for the defaults.

Line assignmentYou can assign one or more lines to the telephone. You canremove lines assigned to the telephone. The default lineassignments for the Square template are Line 1 and Line 2 toeach telephone. Any other lines can be assigned to eachtelephone.

A Private line can only be assigned to one telephone. (It isalso automatically assigned to the Prime Telephone for thatline.)

If you assigned the PBX template in System Startup, a LinePool is assigned to the telephone instead of external lines.You can add lines if you wish. This would allow thetelephone to ring for incoming external calls.

If a line is assigned to a Line Pool, but is not assigned to anytelephone, that line can only be used to make outgoing calls.

Page 32: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Programming 25

Answer Up to four buttons on a telephone can be programmed foranswering calls to the of other telephones. The default isNo Answer .

For ‘each line assigned’ to a telephone; you can determinewhether incoming, calls will ring at the telephone. Possiblesettings are Ring and No Ring. The default setting is Ring.

Line pool accessYou can determine which Line Pool each telephone has accessto. Possible settings are Yes and No. The default setting is Nofor each of the three line pools, which means no telephone hasdefault access to Line pools.

Assigning a Line Pooi to a telephone saves on the number ofbuttons required for external lines on the telephone.

Intercom buttonsYou can determine the number of Intercom buttons on thetelephone. Possible settings are or 2. The default settingis 2.

A minimum of two Intercom buttons are required forconferencing with two other telephones in the samesystem.

A minimum of one Intercom button is required if internal callsare to be made or received from the telephone or Line Poolsare to be accessed from the telephone.

Compact Installer Guide

Page 33: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

26 Programming

Prime lineYou can assign the Prime line for each telephone. The Prime lineis the first line to be automatically provided at a telephone whenyou make a call. The appropriate Prime line will depend on thecustomer’s requirements. The default setting is None, whichmeans that no Prime line is assigned to the telephone. Otherpossible settings are an external line (Line number), Line Pool A,Line Pool Line Pool C or intercom (I/C).

A Prime line is not related to the operation of a Primetelephone.

Chart 7 Line Access

C a l l

B a c k o rHeading

Show s e t : , COPY

4 digit8

Back

( L i n e Show

B&kShow

Back

R i n s i n g Show

4 Next

Back

/ L i n e P o o l a c c e s s Show

Back

I n t e r c o m 2

Page 34: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Programming 27

Call HandlingUse Call Handling parameters to program system-widecharacteristics for certain call features. These characteristics arenot associated in programming with any particular line ortelephone.

Held reminderChoose if the Held Line Reminder feature is to be active for external lines. Possible settings are Yes and No. The defaultsetting is No. If Yes, the programming menu takes you to theRemind delay setting.

Remind delayAssign the delay (in seconds) before the Held Line Reminderfeature begins at the telephone which has put an external line onhold. Possible delays are 30, 60, 90, 120, and 180 seconds.The default delay is 60 seconds.

This setting does not appear if Held Line Reminder is notactive.

DRT to primeChoose if the Delayed Ring Transfer to Prime telephone featureis to be active for all external lines associated with the Primetelephone. yes, the programming menu takes you to the DRTdelay setting. Possible settings are Yes and No. The defaultsetting is Yes.

Ensure that you have an operational Prime telephone.

This setting applies only to external lines with an assignedPrime telephone.

DRT delayAssign the delay (number of rings) before an unansweredexternal call is redirected to the Prime telephone. Possibledelays are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 or 10 rings. The defautt delay is 3 rings.

To estimate the delay time in seconds, multiply the numberof rings by six.

Compact

Page 35: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

28 Programming

Transfer callbackChoose the delay (number of rings) before a transferred externalcall will callback to the originating telephone. The possible delayis 3, 4, 5, 6, or 12 rings. The default delay is 3 rings.

To estimate the delay time in seconds, multiply the numberof rings by six.

Park prefixPark prefix assigns a one digit code number to retrieve a parkedcall. The default Park prefix is 1. Any digit from 0 to 9, or none,can be assigned, providing it is not the first digit of a DN or LinePool access code.

Park timeoutAssign the number of seconds before a parked external call willcallback to the originating telephone. The possible timeout is 30,45, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180, 300, or 600 seconds. The defaulttimeout is 45 seconds.

Camp timeoutAssign the length of delay before a camped call is returned to thetelephone which camped the call. The possible timeout is 30,45, 60, 90, 120, 150, or 180 seconds. The default timeout is45 seconds.

Directed pickupDirected pickup allows any telephone within the system toanswer calls by specifying the ringing telephone’s number (unlikeCall Pickup Group which only allows pickup of calls within aspecified group of telephones). The default is Yes.

On holdChoose what a caller will on an external line when the linehas been put on hold. Possible settings are Tones, Music, orSilence. The default setting is Tones.

A customer supplied music source must be connected inorder to hear music.

Page 36: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Programming 29

Chart Call Handling

i 1 l neouoII

show :

Headiig ,_ _

Held reminder: N

Back

Remind delay: Next

IBack

DRT 3

,

l N”

Prefix: 1 I

Park timeout: 45Next

, timeout: 45

Directed

hold: Tones

Compact Installer Guide

Page 37: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

30 Programming

MiscellaneousUse Miscellaneous settings to program various system-widecharacteristics. These characteristics are not associated inprogramming with any particular line or telephone.

Background MusicChoose if the Background music feature is to be available withinthe system. Possible settings are Yes and No. Thedefault setting is No.

If this feature is enabled, ensure that an external musicsource has been connected to the KSU. (This music sourceis also used for the Music on Hold feature.)

Direct-dial digitChoose the digit you dial in order to get the Direct-dial Telephoneto ring. The possible settings are any valid digit from 0 to 9, orNone. The default setting is the digit zero.

Link time Assign the Link time (in milliseconds). Possible times are 100,200, 300, 400, 500, 600,700, 800, 900, 1000 milliseconds. Thedefault Link time is 600 milliseconds.

The Link time required will depend on the requirements ofthe host PBX, or other switching system that mustbe accessed by

Link is another name for Recall or Flash.

Telephone relocationChoose if the Set Relocation feature is to be active. Possiblesettings are Yes and No. The default setting is No.

It is advisable to turn Set Relocation ON after the telephoneinstallation and programming has been done. This providesyou with more flexibility in testing equipment. If this feature isdisabled, and a telephone is moved, that telephone’s internalnumber and Administration data remain with the physicalport.

Brandon Hunt
Page 38: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Programming

If new telephones are being installed at the same time thatother telephones are being relocated; you should performthe following procedure to ensure that Set Relocation occurs:

Select Yes to ON Set Relocation.

2. Unplug the telephone that is to be relocated.

3. Plug the telephone into its new location.

4. Plug a new telephone into the old of thetelephone that was moved.

Host delayHost delay programs the delay in milliseconds between theselection of an outgoing line and the moment that sendsdialed digits or codes on that line, The default is1000 milliseconds.

External codeAssign a one-digit External line access code, or none. Thedefault is 9. The External code allows an M7100 Telephone oran to access external lines.

Line pool codesAssign Line Pool Access codes for each of the three possibleLine Pools. The possible settings are a one to four digit number(starting with 8, or 9) or None. The default setting is None.

The codes cannot start with the same first digit of an internalnumber already assigned to a telephone.

Codes starting with the same number must be the samelength.

Ensure that the System Coordinator knows the codes.

Compact Installer Guide

Page 39: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

32 Programming

Installer passwordThis allows you to change the Installer password for access toConfiguration programming. The possible setting is anycombination of one to six letters or numbers. The default InstallerPassword is which is the same as

The default password is required to first gain access toConfiguration programming. However, it is advisable tochange that password to a new one.

Chart 9 Miscellaneous

4. aneous Srsten Data 1

Back

Direct-dial Next

Sack

Link time:

Set rel N

Back

Host Next

Sack

External code: 9

Sack

Show

Page 40: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Programming 33

System DataUse this to change the internal number or Directory Number (DN)of an individual telephone.

Do not attempt internal number changes within twominutes of System

,

Enter the appropriate internal number when you are prompted forthe old and the new internal number, A message will appear onthe display if either internal number is invalid. The possiblesettings are any valid internal number 20 and 99. Thereis no default setting.

No internal number changes occur until the Configurationsession ends. (Press the button.)

If the “new internal number” already existed for anothertelephone, that telephone will be given the “old internalnumber”.

There can be only one telephone for each internal number.

An internal number and a Line Pool Access Code cannotstart with the same digit.

Chart 10 - System Data

Note: If you change a DN, you cannot continue programmingin any of the other sections while in the sameConfiguration session. Press the button to end thesession.

Compact Installer Guide

Page 41: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

34 Programming

Set CopyUse this for copying System data (programming) or System andUser Administration data (Personal programming) from onetelephone to another. System data is programmed inConfiguration and Administration. User Administration

programming is performed by the user at the individualtelephone, and allows the telephone to be customized accordingto the user’s requirements.

Set Copy Options

data

When this message appears on the display, you can choose tocopy System data.

When this message appears on the display, you can choose tocopy System and User data. Both telephones must be the samemodel and connected to the system before this option can beused.

Do not confuse C. Set COPY with the displaybutton (or on the M7208 Telephone), which isfor selective copying of specific groups of settings fromone telephone or external line to another.

Page 42: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Set Copy characteristics which can NOT be copied

options

Log

D i r e c t o r y

Private line appearances

Prime telephone designation for a line

Direct-dial telephone designation

Extra-dial telephone designation

Control telephone designation for a line

Service mode Ringing telephone designation for a line

Receive tones

Logging set designation

Show external Voice Message

Log space

First display

Compact Installer Guide

Page 43: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

36 Programming

Characteristics which CAN be copiedExcept for those characteristics previously listed, all telephonerelated settings can be copied to a destination telephone,overriding any previous programming. Listed below are the

System level settings and User Administration settings which canbe copied.

System settings in Configuration programming2. Line

Line assignment

Answer

Ringing line preference

Line pool access

Number of Intercom buttons

Prime line designation

Page 44: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Programming 37

System settings in Administration programming5.

Set Filter

Full handsf ree

Wandsfree answerback

pickup group

Paging

Auxiliary ringer

Direct-Dial

Forward on busy

Forward on no answer

Receive tones

Priority call

9. Services

Vmsg

settingsif desired, the following Personalized settings can be copiedalong with the System data:

Programmable button assignments (Internal Autodial,External Autodial, and feature access)

Language choice

Personal Speed Dial entries

Compact Installer Guide

Page 45: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

38 Programming

Using Set CopyYou can only enter Set Copy through the Configuration accesscode and with the Installer password.

Entering Set CopyAfter appears on the display:

1. Press twice.The display shows C. Set COPY.

2. Press to go to COPY: data.

Chart 11 Set Copy

C . S e t c o w D. U e r s i o n

COPY: data

Enter pad digits

Back

.

Page 46: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Testing the and external lines by selecting each line in turn at one

of the and verifying the tone. If you do get a tone; plug a single-line into the

line at the distribution panel. If you still do not get adial tone, check all your wiring or contact your telephonecompany.

2. Check all internal connections by calling each telephone from another telephone.

3. the quality and clarity of all connections. Check forcrackling, static, hums, or any other unusual noise,

4. If there are any problems, refer to other procedures in thissection.

5. Verify the visual indicators:

To check a button:

1. Select a line or Intercom button. The indicator besidethat button should appear.

To check the display:

1. Press The display shows Press a button.

2. Press the button to exit from this feature.

Compact installer Guide

Brandon Hunt
Page 47: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

40 Troubleshooting,

Terminal Adapter trouble Check the single line telephone connection by using an

installer’s test telephone.

2. Check the connections to the jack.

3. Check the connections to the

4. Disconnect the and replace it with a working Not-startelephone. If the telephone still works properly, this verifiesthat the KSU is working properly.

5. Verify that programming has been done as described in the Analog Terminal Adapter Installation Card.

6. If the trouble seems to be in the KSU, double check all wiringand programming options. If this does not help, refer to theKSU down section of Troubleshooting.

WARNINGThis unit must be powered from a Class sourcethat is UL and CSA Listed.

Auxiliary Ringer trouble1. If the Auxiliary Ringer is used for Service Modes, ensure that

Service Modes is activated from the Control Telephone.

2. Check the wiring between the Auxiliary Ringer generator andthe ringing device. (See the Internal Wiring chart.)

3. Check the wiring between the Auxiliary Ringer and thedistribution panel.

4. Check the Auxiliary Ringer contact operation with anohmmeter across the pins.

5. Check that the Auxiliary Ringer is programmed to ring forany of the following programmable settings:

Page 48: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Troubleshooting 41

Feature Programmed in:

Ring for a specific line A. Configuration (1. Data)

Ring ‘for a specific General (5. Capabilities) ___

Service Modes Ringer

(6, Service Modes) ,

Installer Guide

Page 49: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

42 Troubleshooting

Cal Identification Interface1. Use the Call Information feature on an incoming call to verify

the operation of the

2 Check the connections to the Cll. Refer to the Installer Card for installation details.,

3. Verify that the programming has been done as described inthe Compact Programming Record and the Compact

System Coordinator Guide.

4. Verify that you are subscribing to visual Call Display servicesfrom your local telephone company.

5. Replace the

Dial tone absent (on external lines)1 . Use Button Inquiry to check the feature of

a programmable memory button that you think is assignedas an external line.

2. Check for a dial tone by using an installer’s test telephone atthe connections for the external line on the distribution block.

3. Check the connections between the KSU and the distributionblock.

External Paging trouble1. Check the wiring between the connector and the

paging amplifier.

2. Check the wiring between the connections shown in theInternal Wiring chart.

3. Test the external Page feature to ensurethat it is working. The output from the KSU is775 across 600

Page 50: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Troubieshooting 43

KSU down1. Check that the AC power cord is properly connected.

that the Software Cartridge seated in its slot.

is

3. If AC power and the LED indicator on the KSU isOFF, replace the KSU.

Page 51: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

44 Troubleshooting

Music on Hold/Background Music trouble1. Ensure that the volume control is turned

up and you are using the Background Music feature code

Check the applicable Configuration programming settings toensure that the feature is enabled:

Feature Programmed in:

Music on Hold

Background Music

3. handling

4. Miscellaneous

3. Check the wiring between the music source and the connector.

4. Check the polarity of the connections between the musicsource and the distribution block.

5. Ensure that the music source is turned ON, is operational,and has the volume control properly adjusted.

Telephone dead1. Check for dial tone.

2. Check the receiver cord connection.

3. Check the display. If the display is unreadable, ensure thatthe display contrast adjustment q isappropriate.

4. Check the internal wiring at both the modular jack and thedistribution block.

5. Check the internal line.

6. If the problem persists, replace the telephone with a knownworking telephone.

Note: An internal line should have between 15 and 20 Vdcacross the Tip and Ring when the telephone isdisconnected.

Page 52: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

If you are required to continue programming, refer to the Compact System Coordinator Guide.

Give the System Coordinator the Compact Programming

Applying the button labelsIf you perform all of the programming for a system, apply theappropriate button labels on the telephones. Before you applybutton labels, activate the Button Inquiry feature

to avoid activating features as you put thebutton labels onto the buttons.,

Fo r t he cus tomer Remember to leave the following items at the installation site:

For the System CoordinatorCompact System Coordinator Guide (with theProgramming Overlays)Compact Programming RecordOptional equipment User Cards (for example, the BLF and

Spare button labels and button capsTelephone User Cards (for the M7208, M7310,and M7324 as required)compact

Compact Prime Telephone card

In the KSU pocketCompact GuideOptional equipment Installation cards (for example, theBLF and

Compact Installer Guide

Brandon Hunt
Page 53: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

46 Finishing up

Personal programming,Information on telephone feature programming and operationcan be found in the Compact System Coordinator Guide.

Display servicesYour system can access information contained in CallDisplay services offered by your public telephone company, anduses that information to provide additional messaging tools to the

user.

You can access Call Display information only if yousubscribe to the services, and if you have CallIdentification Interface hardware installed. Contact yourService Representative for more information.

Call Display information may be shown on your telephonedisplay when a call is alerting, identifying the caller to you.Specific telephones are programmed to receive this informationin Administration programming. For more information see theProgramming chapter in the Compact CoordinatorGuide.

Page 54: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Coordinator Guide

Brandon Hunt
Page 55: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Welcome to 1System Coordinator’s roleAssisting your co-workers 2Your Service Representative 2Enhanced Transfer 2

Call Display services 3

ProgrammingHow to do programmingPlanningProgramming tools

Administration overviewAdministration headingsEntering AdministrationExiting AdministrationMoving through AdministrationUsing the OverlayThe display buttonsProgramming details

System Speed DialNamesTime and dateDirect-DialCapabilities

Dialing FiltersTelephone (Set) abilitiesLine abilitiesClass of Service (COS) passwords

Service ModesPassword

Defaults Services

Auto Call InfoTelephone (Set) ServicesVoice Message Center telephone numbersVoice Message Center lines

Copying settings

131313151616181819202223252932353636404545485253545455565 657

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Brandon Hunt
Page 56: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

ii Contents

57 Te lephone programming 57

Capabilities programming 57Programming reminders 58

telephones 59Prime telephone 60Page zones . 60tine Pools 60Miscellaneous programming 60Call Pickup Groups 61

S e r v i c e Modes 62

Telephone featuresUsing featuresAnswering the telephone

Related featuresWhat line indicators meanRings you may hearDisplaysPrime telephone displaysNotes

DisplaysNotes

Call ForwardRelated featuresDisplaysNotes

Call informationRelated featuresDisplaysNotes

Call LogRelated featuresDisplaysNotes

Call ParkDisplaysNotes

Call PickupDisplays

6364676869696972737474767778787980818181828888919292939494

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 57: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Contents iii

N o t e s 95C a l l Q u e u i n g 97

Notes 97Camp On 98

Related features 98Displays 98Notes 99

C o n f e r e n c e 100Displays 102Notes 103

COS Password 104Displays 104Notes 104

Customizing your telephone 105Related features

DialingRelated featuresDisplaysNotes

Do Not DisturbDisplaysNotes

Feature ProgrammingDisplaysNotes

Group ListenDisplaysNotes

Handsf Notes

HoldNotes

Host System SignalingHost system signaling codesDisplaysNotes

tine PoolsDisplaysNotes

MessagesRelated features

1111121131141161171171171181191201211211211221231241251261261281281291291301 3 1133

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 58: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

iv Contents

D i s p l a y sNotes

TelephonesB u t t o n sHeadsetHearing Aid CompatibilityWall Mounting

PageRelated featuresD i s p l a y sNotes

Priority DisplaysNotes

Service ModesDisplaysNotes

Special Telephones ,Speed Dial

NotesSystem features

Speed Dial features

DisplaysTransfer

DisplaysNotes

Voice CallDisplaysNotes

1 3 31 3 61 3 71 3 7

1 4 01 4 01 4 11 4 11 4 21 4 21 4 31 4 31 4 41 4 51 4 51 4 61 4 71 5 01 5 11 5 21 5 31 5 61 5 71 5 71 5 81591 6 11 6 21 6 31 6 3

User cards 165

Glossary 191

Index 207

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 59: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

In addition to basic telephone service, your digital keysystem has many extra features that greatly improve your

office communications,

take will help you to learnthe various tasks which a System Coordinator should perform.This guide also serves as a reference when you assistco-workers to become familiar with features.

When a telephone system is first installed, it takes a bit of time tosettle into using new equipment. minimizes thisorientation by providing straightforward features and simpleinstructions.

System Coordinator’s role’The System Coordinator plays an important role in customizing

to suit the organization and updating information as theoffice grows and changes.

can be customized at three levels:

Personal programmingPersonal programming is done by individual telephone userswho wish to personalize their telephones byprogramming features and telephone numbers onto specificmemory buttons.

Administration programmingAdministration programming is done by the System Coordinator,when you want to change various system-wide settings, as wellas some specific settings for each line or telephone.

Configuration programmingConfiguration programming is usually done for you by theInstaller or Service Representative when is beinginstalled. Specific system-wide parameters are set up inConfiguration.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Brandon Hunt
Page 60: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

2 Welcome to

Assisting your co-workersIt is human nature to ask someone how to do something ratherthan read a user guide. The System Coordinator may be askedto demonstrateto co-workers how to select and use features. To help you prepare for that possibility:

Familiarize with the procedures for using. features. Examine the components of your system,identifying the buttons on the different types of telephones Read the Telephone User Cards chapter of thisGuide for more information on each telephone.

Familiarize yourself with the various programming remindersprovided at the end of the Programming chapter of thisGuide. Distribute copies of these reminders to yourco-workers after filling in information such as System SpeedDial numbers and names.

It is important for everyone in the office to know that you are theSystem Coordinator and to know when you are available forconsultation. You may wish to schedule sessions for smallgroups or provide individual assistance to co-workers forprogramming features on their telephones.

Your Service RepresentativeAsk your Service Representative for the service department’stelephone number, and write it down. If you have problems withyour equipment, telephone your Service Representative.If you have problems with programming or using any of thefeatures, first read the appropriate section of this Guide and tryagain before calling your Service Representative.

Enhanced Transfer ,There is a new procedure for using the Transfer feature in thissystem. If you are upgrading a Compact system, besure to familiarize yourself with the new procedure.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 61: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Call Display services 3

Call Display services ,

Most public telephone companies offer Call Display serviceswhich provide information about an incoming call. The caller’s

name, telephone number and in some cases, long distanceindication, can be shown’on a telephone with a display. Your

system uses this information so that you can: .

view incoming call information’as welt as the linename that receives the call,

keep a log of incoming call Information and,

view an integrated display that appears when you havereceived a message from either an internal user or a

Mail message from an external caller.

You can access Call Display information only if yousubscribe to the services offered by your publictelephone company, and if you have the appropriatehardware installed. Contact your Service Representativefor more information.

Call Display InformationCall Display information may be shown on your telephonedisplay when you answer an incoming call. In addition to thecaller’s name, telephone number and long distance indicator, ifavailable, your system can display the line name thatreceived the call.

In the case where several users share a line, only one telephonecan be designated to automatically receive Call Displayinformation when a call is alerting on that line. If the istransferred or camped to another telephone, the Call Displayinformation is automatically available to that telephone.

If a line is not administered to automatically deliver Call Displayinformation to a telephone, the user can invoke the CallInformation feature (see Telephone Features section) or answerthe call to view the information.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 62: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

4 Call Display services

Depending on your requirements, Call Display informationpresents several convenient options.

When is identified before the call is answered, youcan answer using a personal greeting. You can also prepareyourself prior to answering the call by retrieving any relevantdocuments,, or orienting yourself to the expecteddiscussion, ,

The Long Distance indicator alerts you that an incoming callis long distance and may therefore have higher priority.

If you are unable to immediately attend to an incoming call,you can use the calling information to make a quick note.

You can shorten the interruption time of a call from arecognized person. For instance, you can quickly answerthe call and let the party know that you are busy but willreturn the call soon.

A telephone can be programmed to first view either thecaller’s name or number or line name, For example, anattendant might wish to see the calling number and areacode first in order to transfer the call according to salesregion. The salesperson’s telephone could display thecaller’s name first so they can answer with a personalgreeting.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 63: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Call Display services 5

Display information allows you to answer calls on apriority ‘basis, For example:

l If several calls are alerting at your telephone at the sametime, you can request information about the calls todecide which one may be more important.

l If you are already on a call, information a secondcall starting to alert at your telephone can help you todecide whether to answer the second call or remainconnected to the first call.

If you are in a meeting, the information associated withan incoming call can help you determine if the call isimportant enough to interrupt the meeting.

l If you have several calls on hold and wish to identify thecallers, you can view the Call Display informationassociated with each of the calls to help you determinewhich one you will respond to first.

Programming tipsIn order for the designated telephone to automatically receiveCall Display information, it must be programmed to ring forincoming calls on that line.

Before programming Call Display information you may wish toconsider the following:

which individual would benefit the most from automaticallyreceiving Call Display information on an alerting line?

how are calls routed and what information is the mostimportant to know before a call is answered? For instance, ifcertain lines are private to individuals, an attendant mightwish to first view the line name to determine who theincoming call is for.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 64: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

6 Call Display services

Call LogThe Call Log feature uses incoming Call Displayinformation to make a record of details for follow-up. CallLog also records several other useful facts such as the time anddate of the log entry, the number of repeated calls by the samecaller and which telephone answered the call if it wassubsequently rerouted and handled by someone else in the

sys tem.

,

When the volume of incoming calls exceeds the ability ofemployees to handle all calls, or when staff are unavailable toanswer calls, Call Log provides a convenient means of capturinginformation about missed calls.

When connected to a call that has Call Display information, the feature of Call Log can be used to provide a quick and

accurate means of recording the caller’s information for futureuse (see Telephone Features for more information).

Programming tipsCall Log space can be assigned to individual telephonesaccording to how much space you wish to allocate to each user.

In order to maximize the value of Call Logs and avoid confusionfor the end user and their customers, it is important to considerthe following when configuring Call Log:

Application of Call Log

Does the user want to return customer calls, track thenumbers of calls unanswered, keep a record of mostcommonly called numbers, etc.?

Who is most interested in logging calls on a particular line?

For instance, dentists working in a clinic may have anindividual line assigned to them but prefer that thereceptionist handle all of the calls logged on their line.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 65: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Call Display services 7

strongly recommend that you, limit the number of userslogging calls for the same line, as this would be confusing. Forexample, if two users are logging calls for the same line, they donot know who the call was originally intended for nor are both

Logs updated when one of the users returns a customer‘scall. Potentially a customer could be called back twice,

There are situations where the same call needs to be togged at more than one set. __

Recommended configuration 1,

All lines appear at the Attendant Position, Incoming calls are firstanswered on the Attendant’s set and then transferred to therequired destination.

The Attendant wants to track all calls unanswered on the system,during working hours and after hours. The users want to capturein their Call Log, any calls which they did not answer at their setand be able to return those calls from the log.

The Attendant Position logs No answered on all lines andthe users log calls Unanswered In this configuration theuser will log calls transferred to them via intercom from theattendant or another user, even though the administration settingis Set: N). Thus the entries in their Call Log arespecifically meant for them.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 66: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

8 Call Display services

Logs with an Attendant Position

Attendant’s telephone

Programming:

Attendant Position

Configuration: Administration:’Line Access Log Defaults

Line Assignment (assign log (all lines to appear at to all sets for example, 25.)the Attendant’s set) Set ServicesRinging S e t :

Set Programming: one answered)

Set UsersAdministration:Set Services

Set: N (no lines assigned)Set Programming:

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 67: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Call Display services

Recommended 2 user has a unique line appearing at their set. The

users have a variety of requirements in terms of logging calls.Using q the users can program logging

capabilities specifically for their

Call L o g s with dedicated lines

Programming:

Configuration:Line Access

Line AssignmentRinging

Administration:Log Defaults

Set Services

S e t :

Set Programming:

( N o o n e a l l C a l l s ,No

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 68: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

10 Call Display services

Recommended configuration 3The Not-star system has lines 1 and 2 appearing on all sets. Thesupervisor wants to log all calls for lines 1 and 2 at his/her set inorder to analyze call traffic. Two users have been selected toreturn unanswered customer calls; To avoid confusion whenlogging and sharing lines, one user logs Ho answeredcalls on line 1 and a second user logs No one answered callson line 2. This dearly identifies who is responsible for returningcalls for each line and ensures that only one person calls the customer back,

Call Logs with shared lines

Programming:

Configuration:Line Access

Line assignmentRinging

Administration:Log Defaults

Set Services

Show Set: 21 (supervisor’s set) Set:

Lines YShow Set: 22

Set: Line YShow Set: 23Logging Set: Line Y

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 69: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Call Display services 11

For more information, see the Call tog Feature

Message Waiting you to send and receive internal

messages as maintain a record of your messages. If youhave subscribed to Voice Mail Messaging (provided by yourpublic telephone company), and visual message waitingindication is available, Message Waiting also informs you if youhave messages at your Voice Message Center and allows youto:

receive a visual indication that you have messages waiting,

your Voice Message Center to hear your messages and,

clear the message waiting indication from your display.

Programming tipsIn order for a telephone to. use this feature, it must have a lineappearance and Message Waiting must be activated for that lineby your public telephone company.

It is possible for two or more telephones to share a lineappearance. You must determine if one, some or all of the userssharing a line will receive Message Waiting notification. If it is asub-group, as a sales team within a company, it may beappropriate to share the feature providing that the users have anagreed upon procedure for retrieving and deleting messages.

For further information on Call Information, Call Log andMessages, see the Telephone features section. Programmingactions are described in further detail in the Programmingsection.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 70: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

12 Display services

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Brandon Hunt
Page 71: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

The system comes programmed with default settings that may besufficient initially. programming is performed bythe System Coordinator, and lets you change settings thatprobably have to be updated regularly staff turnover or new business can also assign some features to

and This provides with realflexibility in making your telephones work together.

This chapter contains detailed for programmingSystem Speed Dial codes, Names for lines and telephones, andTime and Date information. If you are new to Administrationprogramming, you may want to get comfortable with these threeprocedures before attempting other procedures.

Personal programming does not follow the same procedures asAdministration programming. Personal programming allows youto assign a particular function to some of the keys, and is uniqueto each telephone. For more information on Personalprogramming, see the Feature programming description in theTelephone features chapter.

How to do programmingThe system is programmed using a M7208, or M7310Telephone. Use the buttons on the telephone to program asetting or to request a specific programming action.

guides you step by step on the telephone display whileyou enter programming, select and change what you want, andexit programming.

PlanningOnly one Not-star telephone can access Administrationprogramming at a time. While programming a telephone, youcannot use it to make or receive calls. While you areprogramming, other users of the system may use theirtelephones, but cannot program any memory keys.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Brandon Hunt
Page 72: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Determine programming requirementsRead about the available programming settings in this chapter,then determine how your co-workers would like the featuresprogrammed.

Get the following information:

the numbers of the installed lines,

the internal telephone numbers of installed telephones,

the telephone numbers to be programmed into SystemSpeed Dial,

the names for lines and telephones,

the lines and internal numbers that are subject to Lineabilities and Set abilities programming,

the required Filters,

the Set Abilities to be assigned to individual telephones,

how the system should be programmed to optimize theService Modes feature,

whether a new Administration password is required, and

whether Class of Service passwords are required.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 73: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Programming 15

Programming toolsA telephone

System programming can be performed on an M7208, M7310 orM7324 Telephone.

The Programming Overlay The is a cutout that labels

used during This makes it easiei for you to ‘recognize the button that want.’

The Overlay for the M7208 Telephone isplaced over all of the eight buttons. The Programming Overlay forthe and M7324 Telephones is placed over the top fourmemory buttons with indicators. The Programming

Overlays are provided at the end of this book.

The Compact Programming RecordThe Compact Programming Record provides a convenientway to record what you have programmed. It also helps you toplan your programming. Settings are grouped according to theirfunction.

Pages from the Record may be photocopied as necessary forprogramming many telephones or lines.

The Telephone User CardsEach telephone has a Telephone User Card thatlists the most commonly used features.

The Compact Telephone Feature CardThe Compact Telephone Feature Card lists the featuresthat can be accessed with the button.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 74: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

16 Administration overview

Administration

Administration programming lets you change settings for theentire system, as well as settings for individualtelephones and external lines.

Pre-programmed default settings may initially be sufficient foryour needs. You can use Administration programming tocustomize your Nor-star system by changing these defaultsettings. In this section, default options are shown in bold type.

The defaults correspond to those assigned during installation. The option you see while programming may bedifferent if that setting has been changed. If the display shows aline number or internal number during programming, an exampleis shown in the Administration procedures.

Administration headingsHeadings and subheadings in Administration programming helpyou to keep track of where you are. An example of a heading is

dial for programming System Speed Dial. Whenyou program a System Speed Dial number, isdisplayed as a subheading.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 75: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Administration

Administration programming has nine headings:

ADMINISTRATION CODE

d i a l

2 .

Time and date

Direct-Dial

C a p a b i l i t i e s

6 .

7. Password

8 . D e f a u l t s

9. Call

System Speed Dial assigns a two-digitcode for fast dialing of up to telephone numbers from any t e l e p h o n e .

Names identifies lines andtelephones by name.

Time and Date adjusts the time anddate displayed on each telephone.

Direct-Dial designates the telephonethat can be reached by dialing a singledigit.

Capabilities defines dialing filters, lineabilities and telephone abilities. Itassigns restrictions and capabilities toClass of Service (COS) passwords, totelephones, to lines and toline/telephone combinations.

Service Modes controls how’ the system responds to calls,

depending on the time of day.

Password changes the password thatcontrols access to Administrationprogramming.

Log Defaults reallocates the Call Logspace for all telephones in the system.

Call Services customizes the use ofCall Display information at yourtelephone.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 76: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

18 Administration overview

Entering AdministrationWhen your system is first installed, there is no password storedin the system. You are not prompted to enter a passwordas you enter Administration for the first’time unless yourCustomer Service representative has already programmed onefor your system.

T o E n t e r A d m i n i s t r a t i o n : 1. Release all calls’ on your telephone.

Enter the Administration access code:

3. If the display changes to Password: , enter theAdministratbn password. (The password is not shown on thedisplay as you enter it.)

If the password is correct, the display shows dial , and three triangular indicators are

shown on the vertical display.

If the password is incorrect, the display does not change.Check the password. Press and re-enter thepassword.

4. Place the Programming over the buttons.

Exiting Administration stores your changes automatically as soon as you alter

any settings; you do not need to “save“ your changes.

1. Press The display briefly shows End of session.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 77: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Administration overview 19

Moving through Administration To program a setting, you must first locate the correct heading.

To do this, scan through th of Administration using the and bu t tons .

. To through headings:After entering the display shows

speed dial.

Press The display shows

PressThe display shows

PressThe display shows

PressThe display shows

PressThe display shows

Press The display shows

PressThe display shows

Press [ N e x t ] .The display shows

Press .The display shows

Names

Time and date.

4. Direct-Dial.

5.

7. Password.

t s .

9. Call

d i a l .

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 78: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

20 Administration overview

Using the OverlayThe indicators show which buttons can be used at thatprogramming step. The functions on these buttons allow you tomove through the headings and subheadings of programming.

up the hierarchy of headings andsubheadings.

moves down in the hierarchy of headings andsubheadings, or to begin programming settingsunder a heading or subheading,

moves to the next heading, subheading, orprogrammable setting.

to the previous heading, subheading, orprogrammable setting.

Some of the functions identified on the Programming Overlay forthe M7208 Telephone are available on display buttons on M7310and M7324 Telephones. For information about the additionalfunctions on the M7208 Telephone overlay, see the section inthis chapter entitled The display buttons.

Compact, System Coordinator Guide

Page 79: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Administration overview

Programming Overlay for the M7208 Telephone (top) and for the and M7324 Telephone (bottom)

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 80: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

22 Administration overview

The display buttonsDisplay buttons perform many functions. Depending on whereyou are in programming, one, two, or three display buttons maybe available, at any one time. Press one of the display buttons toselect the function that you want.

Display message

Display button label

Display button

The most common display button labels are:

programmable setting.

moves the cursor one space backward (backspace)and delete a character, allowing you to re-enter anumber or letter.

copies line or telephone programming.

shows the last part of a displayed message longerthan 16 characters.

shows the first part of a displayed message longerthan 16 characters.

moves the cursor one position to the right whenprogramming a name.

moves the cursor one position to the left whenprogramming a name.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 81: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Administration overview 23

Programming detailsEntering numbers

Numbers are entered from the telephone pad. The display button may be used to edit the number.

Line numbers must always be entered as a two-digit number witha leading zero. Internal telephone referred to asDirectory Numbers are always two- digits long.

Viewing long telephone numbersExternal telephone numbers can be up 24 digits, but thetelephone display is only 16 character spaces long. If you wish tosee a previously programmed number that is longer than 16digits, you must do the following:

Begin, for example, with The display shows first 15 digits. The three dots atthe end of the display indicate that more digits remain bedisplayed for the external number.

1 To see the remaining digits, press

2. To see the first 15 digits again, press

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 82: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

24 Administration overview

Entering namesLetters and numbers can be entered as part of a name forvarious settings. The method of entering a name is always the

Begin with a prompts you to enter a name. Thedisplay shows a ( ) to indicate where you can enter the

character; name: ,Press the on the dial pad with the printed letter ornumber that you want.

Each time that you press the button, a new character isshown on the display. For example, the button for thenumber 3 has the letters D, E, and F, where:D is shown after the first pressE is shown after the second pressF is shown the third press3 is shown the fourth pressD is shown’ again after the fifth press.(Letters are always shown in upper case.)

2. When the character that you want is displayed,press or to move the cursor to the next characterposition.ORif you want to correct a character entered by mistake,press or until the cursor is positioned beneath thecharacter that you want to correct.ORIf you want to the cursor back and delete a character,press

3. Repeat step 1 for the remaining characters.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 83: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

System Speed System Speed

The System Speed Dial programming section allows you to setthe Speed Dial codes for external telephone numbers which thepeople in your office use most often. Use the Personal SpeedDial feature to program numbers used only one or two people.

Display digits

3 . and d a t e

4 . D i r e c t - D i a l

C a p a b i l i t i e s

Speed name

restriction

8 . Defaults

9 . C a l l

You can program 70 System Speed Dial codes ranging from to

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 84: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

26 System Speed Dial

System Speed Dial NumberSystem Speed Dial Number lets you assign a System Speed Dialtelephone number to a two-digit code. The System Speed DialNumber may contain 24 digits.

Begin with the display showing 1. dial.

‘ P r e s s The display shows dial

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Select the Speed Diai code you want to program:Press until the display shows the correct code.OREnter the Speed Dial code on the dial pad.

To’assign default settings, press and thenpress to go to the next Speed Dial code.

Press

Press .

For example, the display may show

Enter the new telephone number from the dial pad , includingall digits such as an initial or an area code that must bedialed to call the number manually. If you need to backspacethe cursor, press the BKSP display button.For example, press The display shows 5551234,.

Press to store the System Speed Dial number.

Programming hintsA Host System Signaling feature code may be inserted into theSystem Speed Dial number. Run/Stop and Pause each use onecharacter position; and Link, Timed Release, and ProgrammedRelease each use two positions.

For more information on using these features in System SpeedDial programming, see the Host System Signaling section in theTelephones features chapter.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 85: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

System

line SelectionLine Selection allows you to specify the external line that is usedfor a System Speed Dial number. The options are the Primeline, an external line, or a line pool.

After you have programmed a System Speed Dial number, press and the d isp lay

‘Use 1 ORUse 1 62, for example, if a line is already assignedOR Pool code: 42, for example, if a line pool access code isalready asslgned.

1. To change the setting, press until the display showsthe option to be programmed.

2. If you select a line number or a line pool access code, enterthe digits from the dial pad. A line pool access code can befrom one to four digits long.

Display DigitsDisplay Digits determines whether the telephone number isdisplayed when a System Speed Dial number is used, or whethera name associated with that number is displayed.

After you have programmed a line selection for a System SpeedDial number, press and the display shows

1. Press to change the setting. Options are Y (Yes)and N (No).

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 86: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

28 System Speed Dial

System Speed Dial NameSystem Speed Dial Name allows you to assign a name to thestored System Speed Dial number. When the Display Digitssetting is “No”, the programmed name is shown on the display when the System Speed Dial feature is used.

The name can be up to 16 characters long. The default name isthe System Speed Dial number; for example, Dial for System Speed Dial code 02.

After programming Display digits to N, press and thedisplay shows Name.

1. Press The display shows the assigned or default name.

2. Press

3. Enter the first character of the name by pressing theappropriate dial pad button one, two, three, or four times. Formore information, see the section in this chapter entitledEntering names.

4. To move the cursor to the next position, press Continue entering characters.

Programming hintsYou can program System Speed Dial Name only if Display Digitsis set to No.

Bypass RestrictionsBypass Restrictions allows the System Speed Dial number tobypass any restrictions in applied Dialing filters. Dialing filters areprogrammed in the Capabilities section of Administrationprogramming.

After programming the System Speed Dial Name, press and the display shows N.

Press to change the setting. Options are N (No),and Y (Yes).

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 87: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Names

You can assign names to identify external lines and yourco-workers” telephones. During a call, the name (if programmed:is shown on the telephone display instead of the external linenumber or internal telephone number of the caller.

s p e e d d i a l

6. S e r v i c e Modes

Programming hintsTelephone names and line names can contain both letters andnumbers, but cannot be longer than seven characters. The symbols cannot be used.

You can give the same name to two or more telephones, or to atelephone and a line in your system. To avoid confusion, youshould avoid such duplication. Use initials, abbreviations, or evernicknames to give each telephone a unique name.

Two lines cannot have the same name. If you enter a line namewhich has already been used, you hear an error tone, and thedisplay shows Use unique

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 88: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Telephone NamesPersonalize your office communication by assigning names tothe telephones in the system. A telephone’s default nameis its internal number, for example, 27.

Begin with the showing speed

Press The display shows 2.

2. Press twice.The display shows set:

3. Enter the internal number of the telephone.ORPress for the name of the telephone with the firstinternal number.

4. Press The name is removed from the display, and a cursor isshown.

5. Enter the first character of the name by pressing theappropriate dial pad button one, two, three, or four times. Formore information, see the section in this chapter entitledEntering names.

Note: Press to restore the default name and goto the next internal number.

6. Press to move the cursor to the next position.Continue entering characters.

Programming hintsIf Automatic Telephone Relocation is turned ON, the name andinternal number of a telephone are saved if the telephone ismoved within your system.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 89: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Line Names

Names

Line Names allows you to assign a name to an external line. Thedefault name is the line number, for example, Line

Begin with the display showing speed dial .

Press The display shows

Press display shows

3, Press The display shows Line

4. Press .The display shows Show 1

5. Enter the line number from the dial pad.ORPress to program the name of line 01.

6. Press The name is removed from the display, and a cursor isshown.

7. Enter the first character of the name by pressing theappropriate dial pad button one, two, three, or four times. Formore information, see the section in this chapter entitledEntering names.

Press to restore the default name and goto the next external line.

8. Press to move the cursor to the next position.Continue entering characters.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

,

Page 90: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

32 Time and date

Time and date

Time and date programming allows you to set the time and datewhich is shown on the display when a telephone is not in use. Aswith any clock, this needs to be done every time that your officehas a power failure;

7. Password I

8. Defaults

9. Call Services

Changing the time and date is easy, but there are a couple ofthings to remember:

All times and dates must be entered using numerals. Forexample, February would be entered as “2”.

The time may be entered in either 12 or format. If thedisplay is in English, and the hour entered is less thanthirteen, the display prompts you to specify or

The year is not shown on the telephone display, but makesure that it is set correctly. is programmed to allowfor leap years.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 91: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

and 33

English language displays always show the time in format, while the aiternate language displays always use the24-hour format.

Setting the timeBegin with the display showing dial .

Press twice.The display shows 3. Time and date,

Press The display shows the time, for example, Time

Press The display shows the hour, for example,

4. Set the hour.

a. Press A cursor replaces the number on the display.

b. Enter the hour using the dial pad.For example, press

c. Press The display shows the minutes, for example,Minutes:

5. Set the minutes.

a. Press A cursor replaces the number on the display.

b. Enter the minutes using the dial pad.For example, press

c. Press If the hour entered in step 5 is less than thirteen, thedisplay shows .

6. To switch the message to PM , press CHRNGE.To switch it back to am , press again.

7. To set the date, press [Next].

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 92: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

34 Time and date

Setting the dateBegin with the display showing dial .

1. Press twice.The display shows and

2. Press The display shows the time, for example, Time

3. Press The display shows the date, for example, Date

4. Press The display shows Year: 88.

5. Set the year.

a. Press A cursor replaces the number on the display.

b. Enter the year using the dial pad.For example, press to enter the year 1990.

c. Press The display shows the month, for example 81.

6. Set the month.

a. Press A cursor replaces the number on the display.

b. Enter the month using the dial pad.For example, press to enter February.

c. Press The display shows the day, for example 81.

7. Set the date.

a. Press A cursor replaces the number on the display.

b. Enter the date using the dial pad.For example, press

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 93: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Direct-Dial

Direct-Dial programming allows you to call the Direct-Dialtelephone assigned to your telephone by dialing a single digit.Use the Direct-Dial heading to specify the telephonedirectory number

CODE

Password:

s p e e d d i a l

2. Names

3. T i m e and date

I I

(DN) designated as the-Direct-Dial telephone.

4 . D i r e c t - D i a l Direct-Dial

8. Defaults

Use the button, the display button and thedial pad to enter the internal number of the telephone to bedesignated as the Direct-Dial telephone.

Programming hintsTo complete Direct-Dial telephone programming, assign aDirect-Dial telephone to each telephone in the system using theCapabilities section of Administration programming.

The digit you dial in order to get the Direct-Dial telephone to ringcan be programmed by your Customer Service representative.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 94: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

36 Capabilities

Capabilities

Capabilities programming assigns restrictions and exceptions toClass of Service (COS) passwords, telephones, and lines.

Telephone abilities

Dialing FiltersA dialing filter is made up of restrictions and exceptions. Thesespecify the external numbers which can or cannot be dialed froma telephone or on a line.

After dialing filters are defined, they may be used as telephone(set) filters, line filters and line/set filters to manage outgoingcalls.

Use the button, the display button, the dial pad,and the display button to program the restrictions andexceptions for each dialing filter.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 95: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

For exampleYou may need filters for three different types of users:

Managers may require unrestricted dialing.

Secretaries may need to be limited to calls on line 003 to theWest coast office only.

- Clerks may need to be limited to calling specific area codesand the West coast office:

Dialing filters are most commonly used to prevent unauthorizedlong-distance calls, without restricting local calls. Dialing filtersrestrict the numbers that an internal user can on externallines.

a line/set filter has been defined for the line selected at theuser’s telephone, it overrides any line filters or telephone filterswhich might otherwise apply.

If no line/set filters have been defined, dialed digits are filteredthrough (and may be rejected by either the telephone filter (ifdefined) and the line filter (if defined).

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 96: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

38 Capabilities

Programming hints can have up to 24 dialing filters (00 to 23).

Filter 00 cannot be changed.

Each programmable filter can have up to 48 restrictions;there is no limit on the number of exceptions that can beallocated to any restriction. ,

There is a maximum of 200 restrictions and exceptionsallocated to the 23 programmable filters. For example, noticethe reduction in the number of available restrictions andexceptions after each filter has been programmed.

UserFilter type Rest’s Remaining

00 m a n a g e r - - - - 2 0 0

01 I secretary 5 I 5 I 190

0 2 c l e r k 7 I I 1 7 1

Total

The maximum length for a restriction is 15 digits; for anexception, the maximum is 16 digits.

The asterisk * is a “wild card” that stands for any digit.

Any restriction or exception can be used in any number offilters. Each time it is used, it counts as one entry. Forexample, if restriction 4 1 1 exists in filters 01, 02 and 03 ituses up three entries of the 200 entries available.

Removing a restriction also removes the exceptionsassociated with it, and changes the identifying number of therestriction. For example, removal of restriction 01 renumbersrestrictions 01 to 48 as 01 to 47.

Note: The removal of a restriction from one dialing filterhas no effect on the contents of other filters intowhich the restriction was copied.

--Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 97: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

You cannot delete a filter. Removing the restrictionsprogrammed on a filter makes it an unrestricted filter but thefilter is not removed.

Fiiter descriptions Filter 00 permits unrestricted dialing, and cannot be changed.

Filter 01 is pre-programmed with five restrictions and some exceptions.

Filter Restrictions Exceptions

Filters 02 and 03, although not pre-set with restrictions andexceptions, are the default filter settings used later inprogramming:

FilterWhere the filter is programmed as a defaultsetting in Capabilities programming

I Set abilities Set filter:

03 I Line Line ter:

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 98: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

40 Capabilities

Telephone (Set) abilitiesTelephone (Set) abilities programming assigns dialing filters andpermissions to telephones. Telephone abilities include:

Telephone (set) Page Zone

Line/telephone filters Auxiliary Ringer

Lock, Direct-dial telephones

Full Handsfree Call Forward On Busy

Automatic Handsfree Call Forward No Answer

Handsfree Answerback Receive tones

Call Pickup Group Hotline

Paging Priority Call

Telephone (Set) filterA Telephone filter is a collection of restrictions and exceptionsdefined in Dialing filters. These filters are applied to telephonesthrough Set filter programming.

Use the button, the display button and thedial pad to enter the number of the Dialing filter to be assigned asthe Telephone filter. Filter 02 is the default set filter.

Line/telephone (Line/set) filterA Line/telephone dialing filter applied to the appearance of aline at a telephone. This type of filter replaces any Lineor Telephone filters which might otherwise apply.

Line/set filters control the numbers that may be dialed on specificexternal lines from specific telephones. For example, a Line/setfilter can permit a call to a specific long-distance number online 03 from a specific telephone, but no other long-distancenumbers, and on no other line.

Use the (Show] button, the’ display button and thedial pad to enter the number of the Dialing filter to be assigned asthe Line/telephone filter.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 99: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Programming hintsUp to 24 filters may be defined in the system (filters 00 to23). Line/set filters fall under this limitation.

A maximum of 255 Line/set dialing filters may be applied to lines at telephones.

Telephone* Administration Telephone Administration Lock limits the types of features that

may be used or programmed at a telephone. Use the display button to select one of the three options: None, Partialand Full.

None allows you to access any feature on your telephone.

Partial prevents:

l programming buttons l changing Dialing Modes

programming Personal Speed (Automatic Dial, Pre-Dial, and

Dial numbers Standard Dial)

l programming feature buttons l using Voice Call Deny

moving line buttons

l changing the displaylanguage

using Administrationprogramming

l saving a number with SavedNumber Redial

Full, in addition to the restrictions outlined for Partial lock,prevents:

changing Background Music

l changing Privacy

l changing Do Not Disturb. . .

l using Ring Again

l using Call Forward all calls

l using Send Message

l using Trunk Answer

l activating Service Modes

Full HandsfreeFull Handsfree allows you to make or receive calls withoutpicking up the receiver, and allows a headset to be used with the

telephone. Use the display button to select thesetting: N (No) or (Yes).

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 100: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

42 Capabilities

Programming hintsA button is automatically assigned to a telephone thatis programmed with Full Handsfree. Full Handsfree is alwaysdisabled for an Telephone.

Automatic HandsfreeAutomatic Handsfree activates the Handsfree microphone andspeaker when you make or receive calls by pressing a linebutton. Use the display button to select the setting:N (No) or Y (Yes).

Programming hintsYou can program Automatic Handsfree only if the telephone hasFull Handsfree set to Yes.

Handsfree AnswerbackHandsfree Answerback allows you to answer a Voice Call withoutlifting the receiver. Use the display button to select thesetting: (Yes) or N (No).

Programming hintsHandsfree Answerback is always disabled for an M7100Telephone.

Call Pickup (Group)Each telephone can be assigned to one of up to nine Call Pickupgroups. Members of a Call Pickup group can answer any callsringing at a telephone in the group. Use the displaybutton to select the setting: NO, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9.

Programming hintsYou cannot pick up a call that is on a Private line, or a call that isringing only the Auxiliary Ringer.

PagingThis setting determines whether a telephone has access to thePage feature. Use the display button to select thesetting: Y (Yes) or N (No).

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 101: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Page zoneEach telephone can be assigned to one of three zones forreceiving Page messages. A zone is any selection of telephones you want to group together, regardless of location.Use the display button to select the setting: 1, 2, 3,

You can program Page only if the telephone has Paging setto Yes.

Auxiliary This setting causes the Auxiliary Ringer (if installed) to ring whenthe telephone rings. An Auxiliary Ringer is important in noisy

environments where a telephone might otherwise not beheard. Use the dispiay button to select the setting:N (No) or Y (Yes).

Direct-Dial telephonesA telephone can be assigned to call a Direct-Dial telephone whenyou dial a single digit. Use the display button to selectthe setting: or None.

. .

Programming hintsAny number of telephones can be assigned to call a particularDirect-Dial telephone.

The digit you dial in order to get the Direct-Dial telephone to ringcan be programmed by your Customer Service representative.

Call Forward On BusyCall Forward On Busy redirects an incoming call to anothertelephone on your system when you are busy on a call,or when you have Do Not Disturb activated at your telephone.

Use the (Show) button, the display button, and thedial pad to program the internal number of the telephone thatyour calls are to be directed to.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 102: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

44 Capabilities

Call Forward No AnswerCall Forward No Answer lets you redirect an incoming call toanother telephone on your system when the call is notanswered at your telephone.”

Use the button, the display button, and thedial pad to program the. internal number of the telephone thatyour calls are to be directed to.’

Answer delayIf you assign another telephone to receive your calls, you canalso assign the number of times that the incoming call ringsbefore the call is forwarded. To estimate the delay time inseconds, multiply the number of rings by six. Use the display button to select the setting: 2, 3, 4, 6, or 10 rings.

Receive tonesThe Receive tones setting allows the system to accept and relaytones to the internal lines. Tones are required if you want toconnect an answering machine or a fax on an internal line. Usethe display button to select the setting: N (No) or Y(Yes).

H o t l i n eHotline automatically calls a pre-assigned number when you liftthe receiver or press at your telephone. Hotline hasthree options: None, internal and external

Internal assigns an internal number.

External assigns an external number. If you select an externalnumber,. you can also select the line on which the call is made:the Prime line, an external line, or a line pool. You will have tospecify the Line Pool Access code for a line pool.

Use the display button to select Hotline setting. If youselect use the button, the displaybutton, and the dial pad to program the internal number of thetelephone that Hotline calls are to be directed to.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 103: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Capabilities

you select , use the [Show] button, the display button, and the dial pad to program the externaltelephone number that Hotline calls are to be directed to, and toprogram the line Hotline calls are to be made on.

Programming hintsThe should, labeled to inform anyone using it thatHotline is active.

A telephone’s Prime fine, line pool access codes, and access to aline pool can be programmed by your Customer Servicerepresentative.

Priority CallThis feature lets you call from your telephone andinterrupt calls or override Do Not Disturb on another telephone. Use the display button to select the setting:N (No) or Y (Yes).

Programming hintsApply this feature only to telephones from which suchinterruptions can be justified.

Line abilitiesLine abilities programming assigns dialing filters to lines.

Line filterA Line filter is a collection of restrictions and exceptions definedin a Dialing filter, and applied to an outgoing line. A Line filter onan outgoing line may be used to limit the capabilities of that lineto carry calls made to specific area codes or destinations.

Use the display button, and the dial pad to program theLine filter. Filter 03 is the default Line filter.

Class of Service (COS) passwordsClass of Service (COS) passwords permit controlled access to asystem’s resources. Class of Service programming definespasswords, their associated dialing filters and user filters.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 104: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

46 Capabilities

A Class of Service can be associated with a telephone, a line ora COS password. It determines the dialing capabilities that applyto internal telephones and any lines used for external calls.

Users have a Class of Service associated with their telephones,in the sense that there are dialing filters associated withtelephones, as line assignments. Use of a COSpassword affects only the telephone’s dialing capabilities.

The ability to change the COS internally means that someoneusing another person’s telephone can temporarily change therestrictions that would normally be applied.

Password securityClass of Service passwords for a system should bedetermined randomly, and should be changed on a regularbasis.

System users should memorize their COS passwordsinstead of writing them down.

Employees’ COS passwords should be deleted when theyleave the company.

Programming hintsA system can have a maximum of 19 six-digit COSpasswords (00 to 18).

You can copy the data from one COS password to anotherCOS password number using the display button in thesame way that telephone and line data can be copied.

COS passwords must be unique.

Programming COS passwordsUse the button, the display button, and thedial pad to program the six-digit sequences for each password.Use the BKSP display button to edit digit sequences you haveentered.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 105: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

User filterThe COS User filter replaces the telephone (set) fiiter or theline/set filter that would otherwise apply to a specific call.

Use the button, the display button, and thedial pad to program the two-digit User filter. The default setting

means that any other filters in place (telephone (set) filter or line/set filter) still apply,

Line filterThe COS Line filter replaces the line filter that would otherwiseapply to a specific call.

Use the display button, and the dial pad to program thetwo-digit Line filter. The default setting t), means that anyLine filter already programmed still applies.

,

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 106: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

48 Service Modes

Service Modes

Using Service Modes, you can control how the systemresponds to calls, depending on the time of day. Up to threedifferent Service Modes can be programmed, each with uniqueringing arrangements.

5 . C a p a b i l i t i e sI I

6. S e r v i c e M o d e s Control telephones

Name7 . P a s s w o r d Setting

Trunk Answer8. Defaults

Extra-Dial

Ringing telephones

Aux ringerJ

Control telephonesControl telephones are assigned to each external line and areused to control the Service Mode by allowing you to turn theService Mode ON or OFF for that line.

Use the [Show] button, the display button, and thedial pad to program the internal number of the Control telephonefor each line.

Programming hintsOnly the external lines programmed with a Control telephone canbe placed into a Service Mode.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Brandon Hunt
Page 107: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

You can assign a Control telephone to more than one externalline, but a line cannot be assigned to more than one Controlt e l e p h o n e .

Only one Service Mode applies at any one time to all externallines controlled by a given Control telephone.

The default Control for all is 21.

Service ModesThe three Service Modes are programmed in the same way.

Service Mode NameThe Service Mode Name identifies the active Service Mode, andis shown on the display of the Control telephone when the

Mode is turned ON.

Use the button, the display button, and thedial pad to program the Service Mode name. For information onentering names, see the information in this chapter entitledEntering names.

Programming hintsThe default names of the three possible Service Modes are onlysuggestions, and may be changed to any other name.

A Service Mode name can be one to seven characters.

Service Mode settingThe Service Mode setting controls how the Service Mode isturned ON and OFF. Use the display button to selectthe setting: Manual, Automatic, or OFF.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 108: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

50 Service Modes

Manual allows you to turn the Service Mode ON and OFF at anytime from a Control telephone. The Service Modes feature codemust be entered at the telephone to access this feature.

. Automatic allows you to pre-assign a stop and start time duringwhich the Service Mode is active. You are still able to start andstop the Service Mode by entering the Service Modes featurecode at a Control telephone. If you setting, you willhave to program start and stop times. See the section in thischapter on Time and Date for information on programming times.

OFF prevents the Service Mode from being activated.

Programming hintsOverlapping times may be assigned. For example, if ServiceMode is assigned from 9:00 am to 4:00 pm and ServiceMode 2 is assigned from pm to pm, then the start timeof the second Service Mode is treated as a stop time for the firstService Mode. This is also true if two Service Modes have thesame start time but different stop times.

If one Service Mode starts and stops within the times of anotherService Mode, the first service temporarily ends when the secondservice starts. The first service then resumes when the secondservice has ended.

Default stop and start times correspond to typical hours whichmay be required for a night Service Mode.

Default Service Mode times

Service Mode Start time Stop time

Service Mode 1: Night 23:00

Service Mode 2: Evening 17:oo I 23:00

Service Mode 3: Lunch 12:oo

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 109: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Trunk AnswerTrunk Answer allows you to answer, from any telephone, anexternal call which is ringing at another telephone in your office.This is useful if the other telephones have not been assigned thesame lines as the telephone you are using to answer the call.

You can change the Trunk Answer setting only if the ServiceMode is set to Manual or Automatic.

Use the display button to select the setting: Y (Yes) orN (No).

Extra-Dial telephoneA telephone normally in service as a Direct-Dial telephone, canbe programmed in Service Modes to allow internal calls to the

Direct-Dial telephone to also ring at the Extra-Dial telephone.

Use the display button and the dial pad to enter theinternal telephone number of the Extra-Dial telephone.

Programming hintsThe Extra-dial telephone provides the option of assigning onemore Direct-Dial telephone in the system for eachoperational Service Mode.

RingingYou can assign additional telephones to ring for incoming callson each external line. Use the button, the display button and the dial pad to, enter the internal telephonenumber of the Ringing telephone for each line.

You can indicate whether the Auxiliary Ringer (if installed) alsorings. Use the display button to select the setting:Y (Yes) or N (No).

Programming hintsThe default ringing telephone is 21. This means that all lines ringat Control telephone 21, when Service Modes are activated. ARinging telephone can be assigned to more than one ServiceMode.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 110: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

52 Password

Password

The Administration password allows access to Administrationprogramming. This prevents unauthorized or unintentionalchanges to To ensure security, distribute the passworhsonly to selected keep a record of your password in asecure place, and change the password periodically.

The password is a one to six-digit number. The defaultAdministration password is which is the same as

Use the [Show] button, the display button and thedial pad to enter the new Administration password. Use the dispiay button accept the programmed password.

Programming hintsThe password is easier to remember if the digits correspond tothe letters in a word.

If you forget the Administration password, you are not able toaccess Administration programming. Call your Customer Servicerepresentative to assign a new Administration password.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 111: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Log Defaults 53

Log Defaults

If you subscribe to Call Display services, external calls can betracked in a Call Log. Log Defaults programming customizes howlog space is allocated to telephones throughout the system.

9 . C a l l

Reset All LogsUse the button and the dial pad to enter the spaceallocation for the Call Log at each telephone. Use the displaybutton to accept the settings and end Administrationprogramming. The system automatically reallocates Log space.

Reallocation of Call Log space may destroy Call Logdata at telephones that lose space.

There are 160 Call Log spaces available in the system. There areno spaces allocated by default. Changing the space allocationusing Log Defaults will define the log space available to everytelephone in the system. Unassigned log space is available in aLog Pool and can be re-allocated in Call Services programming.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 112: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

54 Call Services

Call Services

If you subscribe to Call Display services, external calls areidentified on the display. Call Services programming allows youto customize how this information is used.

C O D E

speed d i a lI

4 . D i r e c t - D i a l I

D e f a u l t s

Auto Call Info

Auto Call Info

Telephone services

numbers

lines

Automatic Call Information allows you to specify which telephonedisplays the Call Display information when a call is ringing on anexternal line. (After the call is answered, Call Display informationis always shown at the telephone that answered the call.) Usethe display button and the dial pad to enter the internalnumber of the telephone to display Call Display information.

In order for a telephone to display the Call Displayinformation for calls on an external line, that telephonemust also be programmed to Ring for that line.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 113: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Telephone (Set) ServicesTelephone Services programming allows you to customize howCall Display information is used at each telephone.

Voice Message”’Logging telephone Logging telephone allows you to specify the telephone that ,

logs Call Display information for calls on anexternal line, The line must appear on that telephone but it doesnot have to be a ringing line. Use the display button toselect the. setting; N (No) or Y (Yes).

Show External Voice MessageIf you subscribe to Voice Message services, you can access thatservice through your system. Show External VoiceMessage controls the display of External Voice Message Waitingindication for each line at each telephone. The telephone musthave an appearance of that line. Use the display buttonto select the setting: N (No) or Y (Yes).

L o g S p a c eLog Space‘changes the number of items that can be stored inthe Call Log for each telephone. Use the [Show].; ‘button, the

button and the REMOVE display button to redistributethe log space. There is no log space assigned by default.

hintsSpace must be available in the Log Pool before any space canbe added to a current Call Log space.

System-wide allocation of space is performed from Log Defaultsprogramming. If you are performing extensive changes, it may beappropriate to use the Log Defaults programming mechanisminstead.

Log PasswordLog Password you to clear any Call Log passwordprogrammed with the Call Log feature. Use the displaybutton to clear the programmed password.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 114: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

56 Call Services

First DisplayDepending on the services you subscribe to, Call Displayinformation may contain up to three parts; the name of the caller,the number of the caller, and the name of the line in your system that the is on. Use the display button toselect the setting to be shown first for each telephone: Name,Number or Line.

P r o g r a m m i n g h i n t s The Call Information is used to and scroll throughall of the Call Display caller name, number andline number. See the Telephone features chapter for moreinformation.

You may see name or number on thedisplay if the information is not available from your telephonecompany. You may see Private or number onthe display if the caller blocks that information.

Voice Message Center telephone numbersIf you subscribe to Voice. Message services, you can access thatservice through your system. This setting specifies the

number that is automatically dialed by theMessage feature to retrieve voice messages. Use the display button and the dial pad to enter the external telephonenumber.

Programming hintsThe display does not show that external messages are waitingunless the Show External Voice Message prompt is set to Yes.

Five Voice Message Center numbers can be programmed, butmost systems require only one.

Voice Message Center linesIf you subscribe to Voice Message services, you can specifywhich Voice Message Center is used for each external line thatcan receive Message Waiting Indication. Use the display button to select the setting: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or N (None).

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 115: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Copying settings

Programmed settings for lines, telephones, and certainProgrammed settings for lines, telephones, and certain Capabilities can be copied to other lines or telephones. If many Capabilities can be copied to other lines or telephones. If many

lines or telephones require the same settings, program one linelines or telephones require the same settings, program one lineor telephone, and then those or telephone, and then those

programming can be copied for Line abilities in the programming can be copied for Line abilities in the Capabilities section of Administration programming, and Ringingtelephones in the Service Modes section of Administrationprogramming.

Use the COPY display button and the dial pad to identify thesource and destination of the copied information. ,

Telephone programming telephone programming can be copied for Set Abilities in

the Capabilities section of Administration programming.

Use the COPY display button and the dial pad to identify thesource and destination of the copied information.

Capabilities programmingIn addition to Line abilities and Set abilities, Capabilitiesprogramming can be copied for:

Dialing filters

COS passwords

Use the COPY display button and the dial pad to identify thesource and destination of the copied information.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 116: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

58 Programming reminders

Programming reminders

The Programming reminders are a record of programmablesettings which users may need to know on a day-to-dayb a s i s .

Fill out whatever sections are programmed and must be known. Ifmore space is required to record the information, first photocopythe page before you begin. Not all of the programmable features may be required information.

Programmable settings can be determined from a review of theCompact DR5 Programming Record.

Distribute the Programming reminders to each desk that has a telephone, or post them on the wall next to the

telephone.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 117: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Programming reminders 59

telephonesUser name/location Internal number Page zone

I - - - - - - - -

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 118: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

60 Programming reminders

Prime Prime Telephone operator

Internal number

Lines answered at the Prime telephone - - - - - -

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

zonesPage zone Location

1

2

3

Line PoolsPool Accesscode Use

A - - - -

6 - - - -

C - - - -

Miscellaneous programming Direct-dial telephone

Direct-dial digit

Call Park Prefix digit

Dial first to make external calls

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 119: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

61

Call Pickup Group Names of members of the group

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 120: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

62 Programming reminders

Service ModesService Mode 1

Name

StartTime

stop Time

Control telephone

Ringing telephones

Extra-dial telephone

Service Mode 2

Name

StartTime Time

.

Control telephone

Ringing telephones

Extra-dial telephone- - - - - - -

Service Mode 3

Name

Start stopTime Time

. .

telephone

Ringing telephones

Extra-dial telephone

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 121: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Answer a Answering the 67

Handle many calls at once,A n s w e r b u t t o n s 1 3 7

Call Information 80 , __ Call Queuing 97

Pickup 68, 94 Hold, 124, 137 , P r i m e 1 4 9 Br ing another person into

conversation’ your calls

Conference another telephoneGroup Listen 121 Call Forward 77

H a n d s f r e e / M u t e Service Modes 145Privacy 100

Log your incoming callsChange your telephone defaults Autobumping 84Button Inquiry 118 Contrast Adjustment 105 83Class of Service 104, 154Customizing your telephone 105Dialing Modes 106

Make calls quickly without

Do Not Disturb 68, 78, 117having to dial the whole. number

Feature programming I 18 74

Language Choice 107Hotline telephone 148

Line appearance 154 Last Number Redial 112

108, 138 Lines 154

Speed Dial 150

Telephones 137 Saved Number Redial 113

Prime line 155Private lines 155 Make calls to numbers outsideRing Type IO9Ring Volume 110Telephone Admin. Lock 110

your system

Dialing 112External line access code 112

Check the length of a callCall Duration Timer 157Show Time 157

Communicate within your office

Dialing 112Direct-dial 112, 147Page 141Priority Call 143Ring Again 112Voice Call 162

Host System Signaling 126Line Pools 129, 155

Transfer a call to another personCall Park 92Camp On 98Transfer 98, 158

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Brandon Hunt
Page 122: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

64 Using features

OK

‘Using features

feature, enter the feature code and watch yourtelephone display for instructions. Different displays come up atdifferent times,.depending on how you invoke the feature and thechoices you make while using the feature. you want more

information about a display, look up in section ofeach feature

Note that some features work only in certain circumstances. Forexample, to use Conference you must have two calls at yourtelephone, one active and one on hold.

. .One-line and two-line displaysAll telephones have LCD displays that give youinformation about your calls and guide you through features. The M7100 and M7208 Telephones have a one-linedisplay. The M7310 and M7324 Telephones have a two-linedisplay. The second line of a two-line display shows the functionsof the three buttons directly below it. If you have a telephone witha two-line display, you can use these display buttons. Somedisplay buttons, such as and are simplyshortcuts. If you have a telephone with a one-line display, theseshortcuts are not available. Other display buttons, such as and SHOW, perform essential functions. If your telephone has aone-line display; you can use the following buttons in place ofthese display buttons:

Q U I TE l

U I E W E l

El

SHOW BKSP

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 123: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Using teatures 65

displays listed in are as they thetwo-line display, except those that appear only on telephoneswith a one-line display. If you are using a telephone with aone-line display, ignore both the second line of the display shownin this book, and the instructions for using display buttons.

feature , You may see the you use a feature.

Someone Is ofAdministration programming. You

Feature timeout

Not avail abl

cannot use programming features. Trya g a i n l a t e r .

You have taken more than 15 secondsto press a button in response to ad i s p l a y .

You have entered an invalid featurecode.

You have tried to use a feature that isnot available in the present set-up ofyour system.

You cannot use the feature you havechosen because your telephone islocked. See Telephone AdministrationLock in Customizing your telephone.

Dialing and the telephoneMany features require you dial telephone numbers.The displays associated with dialing are listed in the Dialingsection. If you see a display that is not listed with the feature youare using, look for it in the Dialing section. All the displays thatappear when you are receiving a call are listed in the Answeringthe telephone section.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 124: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

66 Using Not-star features

One button accessYou can program most feature codes onto telephonememory buttons so that you can use the feature by pressing asingle button, See the procedures in the Feature programmingsection.

Whenever the instructions tell you to enter a‘feature code, youcan do so either by pressing the buttons shown in the feature

description or by pressing a memory button on ‘which the featurecode has been programmed. You can also enter a telephonenumber by pressing an button, rather than entering itmanually.

Canceling a featureSome features change the way your telephone works. To makeyour telephone work normally again you must cancel the feature.To cancel a feature, press then I# and the featurecode. For example, to cancel Call Forward, which you activate bypressing (4, press

If a feature code is programmed onto a memory button, you maybe able to cancel the feature by pressing the memory buttonwhile the feature is active.

If you change your mind in the middle of using a feature, you back out by pressing (Feature] or Be aware that pressing

disconnects any active or held call.

TelephoneBecause the M7100 Telephone does not have any line buttons itsometimes works slightly differently from other

. telephones. Where other telephones may require you to select aline button to answer a call, on the M7100 Telephone you simplypick up the receiver. Where other telephones require you toselect a fine button to take a call off hold, you press onthe Telephone. The Telephone cannot have a

button. You will find special instructions for the M7100Telephone in some feature descriptions.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 125: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

the,, telephone

Your telephone can receive many different types of calls,Your telephone can receive many different types of calls,Your telephone’s display what type of call you areYour telephone’s display what type of call you are

The usual way to a call is to pick up the The usual way to a call is to pick up thereceiver, but there are possible methods,receiver, but there are possible methods,

‘depending on how your system is set up and the type of ‘depending on how your system is set up and the type of is ringing. is ringing.

CallbackCallbackWhen you direct a call you have answered to another telephone,the system monitors the call to make sure someone answers it. Ifno one answers a call within a programmable length of time, thesystem directs it back to you. Callback generates a variety ofdisplays. Most occur after a programmable delay and are listed inthis section. Some occur immediately, if the telephone to whichyou are directing-a call is out of service or otherwise unavailable.These are listed with the descriptions of the features in whichthey occur.

Delayed Ring Transfer (DRT)If no one answers a call within a of time;the system transfers the call to the Prime telephone.

Call Display informationIf you have subscribed to Call Display services from your telephone company, one line of information about an externalcaller is displayed after you answer. If your telephone has beenprogrammed to receive Call Display information automatically,

that information is shown before you answer. Depending on thesetting in Administration Programming and the externalinformation available, either the caller’s name or telephonenumber is displayed.

When you transfer an external call to another user, thisinformation is displayed on the recipient’s telephone.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 126: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

68 Answering the telephone

There will be a delay between the time your telephone rings andwhen Display information is available. If you answer a callbefore the Call Display information arrives, that information is notavailable for the call.

Call Pickup . Pickup lets you use your telephone to answer a call that is

someone else’s telephone.

Call QueuingCall Queuing allows you to choose the call with the highestpriority when you have more than one call ringing at yourtelephone.

Do Not Disturb If you do not wish to receive calls, turn on, Do Not Disturb.

You can answer calls without picking up the receiver usingHandsfree/Mute.

Prime telephoneA Prime telephone receives calls that go unanswered at othertelephones. For more information, see Special telephones.

Retrieving a Parked CallYou can retrieve a parked call at any telephone in the system.

Voice Call DenyIf you do not wish to receive voice calls, turn on Voice Call Deny.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 127: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Answering, the 69

Flashing on and off There is an incoming call on the line.for equal lengths of

,

‰ Flashing on and off‰ Flashing on and off You have placed a call on hold.You have placed a call on hold.__ more __ more

Someone has put a call on holdSomeone has put a call on hold longer than off longer than off on that line on that line

On, not’flashing On, not’flashing YOU are connected to the call on thatYOU are connected to the call on thatline or the line is use elsewhere.line or the line is use elsewhere.

Off Off The line is free.The line is free.

Rings you may hearRings you may hearA double beep everyA double beep every A call has been camped to yourA call has been camped to yourten secondsten seconds telephone.telephone.

A long single ring

A shorter double ring

Three beepsdescending in tone

There is an external call on the line foryou.

There is an internal call on the line foryou or a is being transferred toyou.

You are receiving a priority call.

DisplaysYou will see one or more of the following displays when you .receive a call on your telephone and while you are answeringthat call. See Messages for a full explanation of the Messagesfeature. See Dialing for a full explanation of Ring Again.

This indicates a long distance call.

1 You are connected to an internal call.TRRNSFER You can press TRRNSFER to transfer

the call.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 128: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

70 Answering the telephone

/Line 01

ca l l s

Either you are receiving an internalcall from telephone 02 forwarded bytelephone 21 or you have an Answerbutton for telephone 21 and aninternal call from 02 is ringing on 21.

You are receiving a call fromt e l e p h o n e 2 1 .

You have received a Ring Again offerfor a call to an internal telephone. Tocall the number again, press orthe flashing internal line button. On the

Telephone, just lift thereceiver. Otherwise, press or wait30 seconds for the Ring Again offer toexpire. For an explanation of RingAgain, see Dialing. .

The person to whom you camped thecall did not answer it. The call hascome back to you. Press the

button or the line button toreconnect to the call.

You are connected to an external call.You can press to transferthe call.

The call on line 01 is being transferredto you by someone else in your

system.

Either you are receiving an externalcall forwarded from telephone 21 oryou have an Answer button fortelephone 21 and an external call isringing on’that telephone.

You tried to use Call Queuing but nocall was ringing at your telephone.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 129: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Answering the telephone 71

There is no call ringing at yourtelephone. If you have a flashing linebutton but your telephone is notringing, you must press the line buttonto answer the call on that line,

The which h&edirected. a is not in service or otherwise unavailable. The call isreturned to your telephone.

Nobodyanswered the call you parked.The call has come back to you,

You have used the Call Queuingfeature without picking up the receiverand Auto Handsfree has not beenassigned to your telephone. You mustuse the receiver or to

Call. If youare on another call, inform the personyou are speaking to that the call is

about to be put on hold. Press the flashing line indicator of the PriorityCall or wait till the call connectsautomatically (in eight seconds).The Priority Call goes through whenyou hear the next beep.Your active call is placed on ExclusiveHold. It will be reconnectedautomatically when the priority callends (unless you transfer the PriorityCall, in which case you must press theline button of your original call tor e c o n n e c t ) .To reject a Priority Call, use DND

) or pressB L O C K .

You have no free line buttons onwhich to receive a call. Release one ofyour current calls and try again toanswer the incoming call.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 130: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

72 Answering the telephone

You have received a Ring Again offerfor a line pool. To use the line pool,press or the flashing internal linebutton. On the M7100 Telephone, justlift the receiver. Otherwise, press or wait 30 seconds for the Ring Againoffer to expire, For an explanation ofRing Again, see Dialing.

Prime telephone displaysIf yours is a Prime telephone, you may see the following displays:

I

DRT Line 81

I J

/Line 01

.

The person at telephone 21 hasforwarded an external call to you usingDo Not Disturb.

The system has transferred anexternal call to you from a telephonein Do Not Disturb mode.

Nobody answered this call on line 01,so the system transferred it to you.

Someone has camped, parked ortransferred a call on line 01, but noone has answered it. Press the

button or the line button toconnect to the call.

There is no telephone that can receivea call on line 01 so the System hastransferred it to you.

The call coming in on line 03 wasintended for line 07. Line 07 is busy sothe call has come to you.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 131: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Answering the telephone

NotesThere are three indications of an incoming call: ringing, a linebutton flashing, and a message on the display. You will notnecessarily receive all three indications for any particular call.You may have a line that has set up not to ring at yourtelephone. If so, you flashing line button. Ifsomeone voice call to you, you will hear a beepfollowed by their voice. There are many possible combinations,depending on how your set See Lines in theSystem section for more information on the use of lines.

There are many ways to answer a calf. Many of them depend onsettings in Administration programming. Depending on varioussettings and the type of call you are receiving, you may be ableto answer a call by: picking up the receiver, picking up thereceiver and pressing a line button, pressing pressing

and pressing a line button, pressing a line button, orsimply speaking.

If you receive a Priority Call and your telephone has no freeinternal line buttons, you cannot transfer the call or do anythingelse with it, except release it.

On M7100 Telephones, you may answer a second call bypressing [Hold]. Your active call is put on hold and you areconnected to the waiting call. You can have no more than twocalls at a time.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 132: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

74

You can program memory buttons for one-touch dialing ofinternal or external telephone numbers.

External 1. Press

2. Select the button you want to program. This is not necessaryfor the Telephone.

3. If you want this autodialer to use a particular line or line pool,select that line or line pool button. You can only select a linepool button on the M7100 Telephone.

4. Enter the number.

5. Press or

Internal 1. Press

2. Select the button you want to program. This is not necessaryfor the M7100 Telephone.

3. Enter the number.

DisplaysYou will see some of the following displays while programmingan button. See Dialing for displays that may occur whileusing an button.

f u l l

Continue to enter digits until thenumber is complete. Press or

to erase an incorrectdigit. Press or whenyou are finished.

The memory allotted to numbers in your system is full.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 133: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

75

While programming External Autodial,you pressed or (Hold) beforeentering any digits. This erases thebutton.

Enter the number you wish to programexactly as you you were

. . yourself .

You cannot program an button you are on a call. Finishyour call or place it on hold beforeprogramming an button

a n d

Enter the internal telephone numberyou wish to program.’

Press the memory button you want toprogram.

This display pertains only to theM7208 Telephone. Enter the numberyou want to program onto the button,then press You mayinclude a line or line pool selection inan sequence by selecting theline before entering any digits.

Enter the number you want to programonto the button, then press (Hold)or You include a line or linepool selection in an sequenceby selecting the line before enteringany digits.

The number is stored on the button.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 134: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

76

NotesIf the power to your system is off for more than threedays, numbers may be lost from the memory.

numbers must be programmed onto memory buttons.They can not be programmed onto line buttons, theHandsfree/Mute button, or Answer buttons.

You can program Host System Signaling codes as part of anumber on an External button. See Host SystemSignaling.

If you do not include a line selection in an autodialer, the call willuse your Prime line, if you have one. If you select a line beforepressing the button, any line selection programmed ontothe button will be ignored.

You can copy the telephone number from a Last Number Redialbutton or Saved Number Redial button onto an button.Simply enter the Last Number Redial feature code or SavedNumber Redial feature code when the feature asks youto enter a number,

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 135: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Call Forward

Forward

Forward your calls

.

You can have all your calls forwarded to another telephone in the system.

Press .

2. Enter the number of ‘the telephone to which you wantyour calls forwarded. ,

Forwarding remains in effect until you enter the Cancel CallForward feature code.

Cancel Call ForwardYou can start to receive calls again.

1. Press

Call Forward on BusyCall Forward on Busy redirects calls to another telephone whenyou are busy with a call. The System Coordinator sets up CallForward on Busy in Administration programming.

Call Forward (No Answer)Call Forward (No Answer) forwards unanswered calls to anothertelephone. The System Coordinator sets up Call Forward (NoAnswer) in Administration programming.

Call Forward OverrideYou can call someone and ask them to stop forwarding their callsto you.

1. Dial that person’s number and ask them to cancel callforwarding. Your call will ring at that person’s telephone eventhough they are forwarding their calls.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 136: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

78 Call Forward

Related featuresDo Not Disturb

You can use the Do Not Disturb feature to forward your calls tothe Prime telephone.

DisplaysYou will see some of the following displays while forwarding yourcalls. See Do Not Disturb for a full explanation of that feature.See Answering the telephone for displays that occur when atelephone receives a call forwarded by another telephone.

denied You cannot forward calls to thenumber you have chosen. There areseveral reasons why this can happen.For instance, you cannot forward yourcalls to a telephone that has beenforwarded to your telephone.

Forward Dial the internal number or press theInternal button of thetelephone to which you want your callsto be forwarded.

Your calls are being forwarded totelephone 21. Press the button or w h e n y o uwant to stop forwarding your calls.

/ N o t i n Two or more telephones are linked ina forwarding chain, and one of them isout of service or is being used toprogram the system.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Brandon Hunt
Page 137: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Call Forward 79

Notes. When a call is forwarded, it does not but its line indicator still

flashes on your telephone. You can answer the call by pressingthe button next to the flashing indicator.

If the‘telephone to which youforwarded your calls does not have. the same external lines as telephone, the forwarded callsappear on internal line buttons.

Telephones that have Call Forward on Busy active can stillr e c e i v e P r i o r i t y c a l l s ..

Call Forward on Busy does not forward camped calls.

You cannot forward your prime line if it is in a line pool.

When Call Forward is active, all calls go to the Call Forwarddestination, regardless of the Call Forward on Busy and CallForward no Answer settings.

If you are one of a group of people who regularly forward theircalls to one another, be aware that it is possible to set up forwardloops in which a call is forwarded from one telephone to anotherin a circle, and is never answered anywhere.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 138: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

80 Call Information

Call Information

Call Information you to display information about incomingcalls. This information is more detailed than the Call Displayinformation you receive. See the Answering thetelephone section in this chapter for details. For external calls,you can display the caller’s name, telephone number, and theline name. For an internal call, you can display the name of thecaller and their internal number. You can obtain information

: about ringing, answered, or held calls. Names and numbers forexternal callers are displayed only if you have subscribed to Call

. Display Services from your local telephone company.

Names and number&for external callers are displayed only if youhave subscribed to Call Display services from your localtelephone company.

Display Call Information before or after answering1. To find out who is calling or to obtain information about your

current call, press

2. If the call is an internal call, the caller’s name and the internalnumber are displayed.ORIf the call is an external call, incoming call information may beavailable.

To obtain more information about an external call:For a one-line display, press repeatedly to display moreinformation about the call.ORFor a two-line display, continue to press to displaymore information about the call.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 139: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Call Information 81

Display Call, Information for a on hold 1 To obtain information about your held call, press

2 . shows a I . 3. the line on hold,

If call is an internal calf, the and internal number are displayed,

ORIf the is external call, the name is displayed.

To obtain more information about an external call:For a one-line display, press repeatedly to display moreinformation about the call.ORFor a two-line display, continue to ‘press V I E W to displaymore information about the call.

Related featuresGall Log

Call Log displays the same information as Information, alongwith the date and time of the call, as well as the number of timesthe caller called.

D i s p l a y s

Notes

You would see this display if you wereon an active call with a caller at

1234.

You would see this display if you wereon an active long distance call with acaller at 555-l 234.

Call Display information becomes available between the first andsecond ring of an alerting call. If you answer before the CallDisplay information is available on your display, and you press

you will only the line or name.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 140: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

82 Call Log

Call Log

Call Log creates a iist of records of incoming external calls. Thelog could contain the following information for each call:

sequence number the Log,

name and number of caller,

indication if call was long distance,

indication if call was answered (and identification of whoanswered it),

time and date of the call,

number of repeated calls from the same source, and

name of the line that the call came in on.

Call Log has many benefits. For example, you may find it helpfulto :

keep track of abandoned or unanswered calls,

call back a customer who was unable to reach anyone,

track patterns for your callers (for example volume of callsand geographical location of calls),

record caller information quickly and accurately, and

build a personal telephone directory from log items.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 141: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Call Log 83

Choose Logging, Options You can select the type of calls that will be stored in your CallLog.

Press

2. If the default has not’changed, display shows Ho If you want to log calls, that answered,

press or O R

Press ‘to display the next selection.

3. The’display shows If you want to logcalls that were unanswered at your telephone but answeredelsewhere in the system, press or ORPress NEXT or I# ‘to display the next selection.,

4. The display shows Los al 1 calls. If you want to log ailcalls, answered and not answered at the telephone, press

or ORPress NEXT or I# to display the next selection.

5. The display shows No If you do not wantinformation to be automatically logged, press or(Feature].ORPress or to return to the first selection.

6. To exit, press

Use (manually log a call)If your calls are not automatically logged, lets you manuallylog call information when you are connected to an external call.Being able to store information for your current call can be helpfulin many situations. For example, you may want to:

record a caller’s information without using paper and pencil,

record only selected calls that you personally choose, asopposed to using Call Log automatically, and

quickly record caller information before a caller hangs up.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 142: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

84 Call Log

To manually log an external call:

Program this feature on a memory key. (See the Telephones section in this chapter.)

Since your log has a set number’of entries that it can hold,Autobumping is a feature that lets you tell what to dowhen your log becomes full. When Autobumping is ON, a newlog entry causes the first entry to be deleted. If Autobumping isOFF, your system will not log new calls when your log isfull.

1. To turn Autobumping ON, press ORTo turn Autobumping OFF, press

Enter Call LogYou can enter your Call Log to view stored information. The Logmay display special characters. These are described in detail inthe description of Displays, later in this section. To view your log:

1. Press

2. The display shows the number of previously read items (Old)and the number of new, unread items (New) in the log.

3. To view old items, press or ORTo view new items, press or OR ,To return to an item viewed when you last exited the log,press RESUME or

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 143: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Call Log 85

Navigate within Call LogYou can navigate within your Call Log to view a particular logentry. You can also scroll within an entry itself.

1. To scroll through an entry, press MORE or OR To view the next entry, press NEXT‘

: To go back to the previous entry, press

To exit, press

Erase Log ItemsIt is necessary to routinely erase read log items to make spacefor new items in your log.

Navigate to the item you want to erase.

2 . Press o r [Ho ld ] .

3. To exit, press

If you accidentally erase an item, you can undo the erasure.

1. Immediately after accidentally item, press UNDOor

2. To exit, press

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 144: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

86 Call Log

Call from Call LogYou may find it helpful to place calls from within your Call Log.Each stored caller number may vary according to the informationassociated with that particular call. If the caller number involves a

or PBX system, the first few digits may need to be“trimmed” to make the caller number dialable. If the number thatyou want to call is long distance or uses line pool access, digitsmay need to be added to the beginning of the number.

Place a call1. Navigate to the log item for the number that you want to dial,

2. Display the number and edit it if necessary to make it (the instructions for adding or trimming digits follow).

3. Press an external line or line pool button:

4. Lift the receiver. This is not necessary if Handsfree isprogrammed at your telephone.

5. The displayed number is dialed.

Trim a number involving or PBXTo trim the caller number:

1. Press TRIM or once for every digit that youwant to remove.

Add digits for long distance or line pool access1. Add digits to the number by pressing the appropriate dial pad

digits, just as you would do to dial.

2. To remove digits you have added, press or once for every digit that you want to remove.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 145: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Log 87

Optional PasswordYou have the option of accessing your Call Log through apassword. If you forget your password, there is a facility inAdministration programming to clear it (and then you could entera new password from your

Assign a password to your Call LogPress The displays showsN e w

2. Enter your four-digit password. The display showsR e p e a t N e w : , .

3. Re-enter your four-digit password. The display showsP a s s w o r d which confirms that your password hasbeen assigned.

Using’ your Password to enter Call Log1. Press to enter Call Log.

2. If you have programmed a password, P a s s w o r d : appears.

3. Enter your four-digit password.

Change your password1.

2 .

3 .

4 .

Press [Feature] . The display showsO l d

Enter your old password. The display showsN e w

Enter your new four-digit password. The displays showsR e p e a t , N e w : , .

Re-enter your password. The display showsP a s s w o r d c h a n g e d , which confirms that your password hasbeen changed.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Brandon Hunt
Page 146: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

88 Call Log

.

Delete an assigned passwordAfter assigning a password to your Call Log, you may laterdecide that you not want to use a password at all.,

Press [Feature] (5. The display shows01 d

Enter your old password. The display shows

Press or The display showsNo assigned, which confirms your password hasbeen deleted.

Related featuresCall Information

The same Call Display information as in Call Log is displayed,but it is not recorded in a log.

DisplaysYou will see some of the following displays as you use Call Log.

This is a Call Log item with itssequence number. When the first digitis underlined, it is a new item.

This indicates that the call wasanswered. .

indicates a long distance call.

The “slash” symbol indicates thatthe displayed information for a call hasbeen truncated. Press MORE todisplay the remaining digits

This is the repeat call counter, shownalong with time and date display. Itindicates the number of calls you havereceived from the same caller.

The Autobumping feature is active.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 147: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Call Log 89

OFF The Autobumping feature is d e a c t i v a t e d .

One or more calls have been

There is one new item in the Call Log,

There are two or more new items int h e C a l l L o g ,

The call was successfully logged with

Your active call must be held orreleased before entering Call Log.

The external line is in use.

The item was erased from the Call

This display shows that this call wasanswered at telephone 21.

Thisdisplay shows that this call was manually logged.

This display shows that this call wasn o t a n s w e r e d .

Your Call Log is empty.

No additional calls can be logged untilyou either turn Autobumping ON, oryou delete some items in your log.

This indicates that there are one ormore items in your Message WaitingList, and that there are one or morenew entries in your Call Log.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 148: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

90 Call Log

.

c a l l s

n e w i t e m s I There are no new calls in the Call Log.

No 01 d items

c a l l

This appears before the first “New”item when navigating from the “Old”items to the “New”.

All lines in the pool are in use.

No information is available on the call.

No fog space has been assigned tothe telephone.

There are no old or “viewed” items inthe Call Log.

The resume item is no longer in theCall Log due to Autobumping, repeatcall update, or log reallocation.

The caller’s name is private.

The caller’s number is private.

On an M7100 Telephone, the activecall must be released before enteringCall Log.

The caller’s name and number areunknown.

The caller’s name is unavailable.

The caller’s number is unavailable.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 149: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Call Log 91

NotesNotesYou may want to use the punch-out overlay, which is provided inYou may want to use the punch-out overlay, which is provided in

.. the Call Log Feature Card. This card is available in a separatelythe Call Log Feature Card. This card is available in a separatelyorderable Calf Display Key Cap Kit. Please contact yourorderable Calf Display Key Cap Kit. Please contact yourCus tomer Se rv i ce rep resen ta t i ve .Cus tomer Se rv i ce rep resen ta t i ve .

The log size is zero items, size can be changed inThe log size is zero items, size can be changed inAdministration programming, Administration programming,

The long distance indicator may not be shown in the log,The long distance indicator may not be shown in the log,depending on the Call Display services provided by your localdepending on the Call Display services provided by your localtelephone company.telephone company.

For tips on programming Call Logs, see the Call Display servicesFor tips on programming Call Logs, see the Call Display servicessection.section.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 150: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

92 Call Park

Call .Park a .

You can suspend a call so that it can be retrieved from anytelephone in your system.

1. Press

2. Use the Page feature to announce the retrieval codedisplayed by your telephone.

Retrieving a parked call1. Select an internal line.

If you have an M7100 Telephone, pick up the receiver.

2. Dial the call park retrieval code.

DisplaysYou will see some of these displays while parking a call. Youmay see some of these displays while retrieving a parked call.

parked

Get call

id number

No call on: 101

The person you were talking to hasalready parked your call. You cannotpark the same call.

You have attempted to park a call withno active call on your telephone. If thecall you wish to park is on hold, youmust reconnect to it before you canpark it.

You have entered an invalid retrievalcode.

There was no call on the retrievalcode you entered.

You have attempted to park a call, butthere are no calls at your telephone.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 151: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Call

You have tried to park a conferencecall. Split the conference and park thecalls separately. The person who

retrieves the calls can reconnect the

or press to

. , announce the call and its

All available retrieval codes are in use.Transfer the call or take a instead.

NotesWhen you park a call, the system assigns one of two codes forthe retrieval of the call. These codes consist of the Call Parkprefix, which may be any digit from 0 to 9, and a two digit callnumber 01 or 02. For example, if the Call Park prefix is 4, the firstparked call is assigned Retrieve Park code 401.

Your Customer Service Representative sets the Call Park prefixin Configuration programming. If the Call Park Prefix is set toNone, parking is disabled.

Your Customer Service Representative also sets the Call ParkCallback delay in Configuration programming. External callsparked for longer than the program delay are returned to yourtelephone.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 152: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

94 Call Pickup

Call Pickup

You can pick up a call that is ringing at another telephone.

Directed You can answer any telephone that is ringing in your system

Press

2. Enter the internal number of the ringing telephone.

Group PickupYour system can be divided into as many as four Pickupgroups. If you are a member of a pickup group, you can pick up acall that is ringing at any telephone in your pickup group.

1. Press (Feature]

Trunk Answer (Feature] The Trunk Answer feature allows you to answer an external callthat is ringing at any other telephone in your office.

Trunk Answer works only with calls that are ringing on lines forwhich a Service Mode is active and if Trunk Answer is ON inAdministration programming.

1. Press

DisplaysYou may see some of these displays while using a Call Pickupfeature.

jo ined You are already connected to thetelephone that made the call you aretrying to pick up. This can happen ifyou are on a call to a co-worker, yourco-worker dials the number of atelephone in your Pickup group, andyou attempt to pick up that call.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 153: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Call Pickup 95

Your telephone is not a member of a You have tried to pick up a call whenyou have no line button availabfe.

(Pickup) There is that you canpick up or the call that was ringing hasalready been answered

(Trunk Answer) The calf that is ringingis on a line that is not in a ServiceMode.

You have attempted to pick up a callon someone else’s private line.

Enter the internal number of thetelephone that is ringing. (You mayuse an Internal button to dothis.)

If you decide not to answer a ringingcall once you have activated DirectedPickup, press [Feature]. The call willcontinue to ring.

NotesCall Pickup cannot be used on private lines.

To use Directed Pickup, the telephone must be ringing. If, forexample, the auxiliary ringer is ringing, but the call is not ringingat a telephone, the call cannot be answered using DirectedPickup. It must be answered normally at a telephone that has aflashing indicator for the call, or by using Trunk Answer.

If a call is ringing on an Answer button, you can use DirectedPickup to answer the call by entering the internal number of anymember of the Answer group.

If there is more than one incoming call at a telephone in a pickupgroup, a call ringing on the Prime line is answered first followedby calls on external lines and, finally, calls on internal lines.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 154: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

96 Call Pickup

If there is more than one incoming call on lines in a ServiceMode, the Trunk Answer feature picks up the external call thathas been ringing the longest.

The System Coordinator can assign telephones to one of fourPickup groups in programming.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 155: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Call Queuing

you have more than one call ringing at your telephone, you choose the call that has the highest priority.

1. Press

2. The system connects you to the call that has the highestp r i o r i t y .

NotesCall Queuing answers incoming calls before callback calls.

Call Queuing can be programmed onto a memory button.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 156: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

98 Camp On

Camp On

Camp a You can send an external call to another telephone, even if all itslines are busy.

1. Press

2. Dial the number of the telephone you want to camp the callto.

Related featuresTransfer

Camp On is a variation of the Transfer feature.

DisplaysYou will see some of the following prompts while Camping a call.

den ied

You tried to camp a call to a telephonethat already has a camped call. Thecall has come back to you. Press the

button or the line button toreconnect to the call. On the M7100Telephone, just pick up the receiver.

The person to whom you redirected acall has Do Not Disturb active on thetelephone. The call has come back toyou. Press the button orthe line button to reconnect to the call.On the M7100 Telephone, just pick upthe receiver.

You have tried to camp an internalcall. You can only camp external calls.

Dial the number of the internaltelephone to which the call will besent.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 157: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Camp On 99

The telephone to which you camped a did not answer the call. The call

has come back to you. Press or the line button to

reconnect to the call. On the Telephone, just pick up the receiver.

A call you camped has come back to you, but the caller hung up before you

could reconnect.

You have no call to camp. If the callyou want to camp is on hold, take it offhold and then camp it.

The telephone to which you havecamped a call is out of service or isbeing used for Configuration orAdministration programming. The has come back to you. Press

or the line button toreconnect to the call. On the Telephone, just pick up the receiver.

The line that the camped call is on isin use or that line does not appear atyour telephone. Release the line orrelease an internal line.

NotesIf you use Call Queuing to answer a camped call, external callsare answered before the camped call.

Camped calls appear on a line button on the receiving telephone,if one is available. If not, there is just a message on the displayand Camp tones.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 158: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Conference

Conference

Create a conferenceYou can talk to two people at once.

1. Make sure you have two calls, one active and one on hold.

2 . Press

3. Take the held call off hold (this is automatic on the M7100Telephone).

Conference using PrivacyNormally your calls are private; no one else can pick up your lineand join in your conversation. You can turn privacy off for a callallowing another person with the same line to press the linebutton and join in your conversation, forming a conference.

1. Press

2. Tell the other person to press the line button and join yourconversation.

Disconnect one partyYou can disconnect one party from a conference and continuetalking to the other.

1. the line button of the call that you want to disconnect.The call that you want to keep is automatically put on hold.ORFor the Telephone, press whichplaces one party on hold. Press [Hold] again ifnecessary, to put on hold the party that you want to keep.

2. Press The call is disconnected.

3. To speak to the remaining party, press the line button of theheld call, or for the Telephone, press [Hold].

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Brandon Hunt
Page 159: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Conference 1 0 1

Independently hold For all telephones except the O&Telephone, you canput the two people on hold independently so that they cannot talkto each other.

1. Press the line button of one person,, The other person is p u t o n __

Press (Hold]. The second’person’is put on You can the conference.

1, Take one call off hold.

2 Press

3. Take the other call off hold.

Put a conference on hold You can put a conference on hold, allowing the other two people

to continue speaking to each other,

1. Press The display shows d..

You can reconnect to the conference.’

1. Press either of the held line buttons, or for the M7100Telephone, press [Hold]. You are reconnected.

Split a conferenceYou can talk with one person while the other person is on hold.

1. Press the line button of the person you want to speak to. Theother person is automatically put on hold.O RFor the Telephone, press which putsthe first party on hold. Press again if necessary toswitch parties.

You can reestablish the conference,

1. Press

2. Take the held call off hold. This is not necessary for the Telephone.

Compact Guide

Page 160: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

102 Conference’ . ,

DisplaysYou will see some of these displays while using the Conferencefeature.

3 You are trying to add a fourth party toyour conference call, or to join twoconferences together. Release onecall from the conference before addinganother, or keep the two conferencesseparate.

Privacy control cannot be used oninternal or conference calls.

You have put a conference call onhold.

You have tried to make a conferencecall, but your system is alreadyhandling its maximum number ofconference calls.

81 21 You are on a conference with the twolines or telephones shown.

Make calls first

Make call first

/Make call

F R E E

You have tried to set up a conferencecall, without having made the calls thatare to be connected. Make both callsfirst.

You have tried to use Privacy Controlwhen you are not on a call.

You have tried to set up a conferencecall while connected to only one caller.Put your first call on hold, make asecond call, and enter the Conferencefeature code again.

You have put a conference call onhold from your Telephone,then tried to get another line. Your

Telephone can handle onlytwo lines at a time, and yourconference call is using both of them.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 161: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Conference 103

, You have, activated the Conference“feature with one call active andanother on hold. Press the line of thecall on hold to bring that person intothe conference.

Only the person the can process theconference in any of the ways just described,

The Conference feature supports only three people.

If you are using an M7100 Telephone:

Your conference is connected as soon as you enter theConference feature code. There is no need to take thesecond call off hold.

To split a conference, press Then, press[Hold] to change from one caller to the other.

You cannot independently hold two calls.

You cannot join an existing two-party call to establish aPrivacy conference although you can use the Privacy featurefor calls at your telephone.

When a third person joins a conversation on a line that hasprivacy turned OFF, the call becomes a conference. All the rulesapplicable to a conference apply except that there is onlyone-line in use, instead of the normal two. This means that youcannot split a conference that was set up using Privacy.

In certain situations, you may experience lower volume levelswhen using the Conference feature with two external calls.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 162: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Change Class of ServiceA Class of Service password is a six digit code that lets youswitch from your current Class of Service to one that lets you dialnumbers prohibited by your current Class of Service.

1. Press

2. Enter your COS password.

DisplaysYou will see the first of these displays when entering a COSpassword, you may also see the second.

(Blank display) Enter your password.will not be shown on the display.

You have entered a password that isnot programmed into your system.

NotesYou must enter a Class of Service password each time you wishto make a call using a Class of Service not normally available onyour line or telephone.

allows up to 19 Class of Service Passwords.

The System Coordinator defines Class of Service passwords inAdministration programming.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 163: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

You can change the way a telephone works in several ways.Some of the following features are assigned to telephones inAdministration programming. You can turn other features ON and

at individual telephones. ,

Automatic Handsfreg” Automatic Handsfree you make or answer a call withouthaving to pick up the receiver or press the button. Thetelephone’s internal microphone and speaker turn onautomatically when you make or answer a call.

The System Coordinator assigns Automatic Handsfree capabilityto a telephone in Administration programming. Full Handsfreecapability must be assigned to a telephone before AutomaticHandsfree capability can be assigned to it. This is also done inAdministration programming.’

This feature is not available on Telephones.

Contrast AdjustmentYou can set the contrast level of your telephone display.

Press [Feature]

2. Choose the contrast level you like best. The number ofcontrast levels available varies from one telephone toanother.

This is the display you will see in Contrast adjustment.

21 Press a number for the contrast levelDOWN UP OK you want or press or DOWN. Press

or to set the newcontrast level.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 164: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

106 Customizing your telephone

Dialing ModesYou can set the dialing mode of your telephone.

1. Press

2. Choose the dialing mode you want.

supports three dialing modes; Automatic Dial, Pre-Dial,and Standard Dial. three modes support on-hook dialing.(On-hook dialing means dialing a call without picking up thereceiver.) The special features of the Automatic and Pre-Dialmodes are available only when you dial on-hook.

The Dialing Modes feature code cannot be programmed onto amemory button.

Standard DialIn Standard Dial mode, you make a call by selecting a line anddialing the number. If you have a Prime line, it is selectedautomatically when you lift the receiver or press

Standard Dial does not support on-hook dialing on an Telephone. If you have an M7100 Telephone, use the AutomaticDial or Pre-Dial feature for on-hook dialing.

Automatic DialIf you have a Prime line assigned to your telephone, AutomaticDial allows you to dial a number without selecting a line. YourPrime line is selected as soon as you start dialing a number.Automatic Dial does not work if your Prime line is in use.

Telephones connected to an Analog Terminal Adapter cannot use Automatic Dialing.

Pre-DialPre-Dial allows you to enter a telephone number, check it, thenchange it before actually making the call. The call is not dialeduntil you select a line or line pool, or pick up the receiver.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 165: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Customizing your

You can pm-dial both external and internal numbers. You must,however, select type of or internal) forthe type of number you have entered.

If all the lines on your telephone are busy, you will not be able toenter a telephone number.

your telephone while you are pre-dialing a

number, you can stop the ringing by turning on Do Not Disturb This does not affect numbers you are

entering.

This is the display you will see when selecting a Dial mode.

The current dial mode is shown. Press or NEXT until the dial mode you

want appears. Press or to select the displayed dial mode. IfAutomatic Dial is not available it is .because you have no Prime line.

Language ChoiceEnglishYou can select English as the language of your telephonedisplay.

Alternate Language You can select the alternate language as the language of yourtelephone display.

Press

Each system supports English and one alternatelanguage. systems are available with either French orSpanish as the alternate language. Button caps are available inboth alternate languages.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 166: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

108 Customizing your telephone

You can select either English or the alternate language at eachtelephone. When your system is first installed, all telephones willuse English.

You can program a memory button for one-touch switchingbetween languages. Program onto thebutton. Pressing the button will switch you back and forthbetween English and the alternate language.[Feature] cannot be programmed onto a memorybutton.

One of the following displays will appear when you enter alanguage choice feature code.

Telephone display messages will be in

Telephone display messages will be in

Telephone display messages will be in

Move Line buttons You can move external lines to different buttons on yourtelephone. You can use this feature to arrange your lines in theway that makes the most sense to you.

1. Press .

2. Press the button you want to move the line from.

3. Press the button you want to move the line to.

You will see some of these displays while moving lines.

You have tried to move a line to abutton that cannot be used as a linebutton, such as a button, or an Answer button.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 167: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Customizing your telephone’/ 109

Press the button of the line you wantto move. Press QUIT or when you have finished moving lines.

Press the button you to move theline to. Neither of the buttons is

erased. The lines, or the line and, feature, simply switch places,

The button you are trying to move isnot a line button. If you are trying toswitch a line and a feature, move theline to the feature button and not viceversa.

Pulse/Tone DialingEach external line is set to either pulse or tone dialing. Pulsedialing is the traditional method of dialing used by rotary diaf orpush button single-line telephones. Tone dialing allowstelephones to communicate with other devices such asanswering machines. Tone dialing is required to access thefeatures that PBX systems may offer.

Your Customer Service Representative sets your lines to pulse ortone dialing in Configuration programming.

To switch from pulse to tone dialingIf your external lines are programmed for pulse dialing, you canswitch your telephone temporarily to tone dialing.

1. Press while on an active line. Once you hang up, yourtelephone returns to pulse dialing.

Ring Type

You can choose one of four distinctive rings for your telephone.This makes it easier to identify your telephone in an open office.

1. Press

2. Choose the ring type you want.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Brandon Hunt
Page 168: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

110 Customizing’ your telephone __

This is the display you will see when choosing a ring type.

1 I Press or NEXT. Youhear the selected ring for twoseconds. Repeat until you hear thering you prefer, then press or

Ring VolumeYou can set the volume at’which your telephone. rings.

1. Press The telephone will ring.

2. Press to adjust the volume.

This is the display you will see while setting Ring volume.

Press either side of the volume bar to adjust the volume.

Telephone Administration LockTelephone Administration Lock limits the ways in which you cancustomize your telephone. There are three types of TelephoneAdministration Lock: Full, Partial, and None.

Full Administration Lock lets you change the contrast of yourtelephone’s display, use Ring Type, Ring Volume and ButtonInquiry, and control the volume of your speaker.

Partial Administration Lock allows you to forward your calls, turnon Do Not Disturb and Service Modes, and use the BackgroundMusic, Send Message, Ring Again, Privacy, and Trunk Answerfeatures.

None (No Administration Lock) allows you to access all featuresthat are programmed for your telephone. The SystemCoordinator assigns Administration Lock to each telephone inAdministration programming.

Telephone Administration Lock does not affect call handlingfeatures.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 169: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

You can program your telephone’s memory buttons to dialfrequently used numbers with the feature.

Feature . You can program feature codes onto telephone’s memorybuttons using the Feature programming feature,

Speed Dial programming You can program personal speed dial numbers onto speed dial

codes 71 to 94 using the Personal Speed Dial programmingfeature. ,

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 170: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

D i a l i n g ”

Dialing

One of the most important features of your telephone system isthe ability to dial telephone numbers. Many features require youto dial telephone numbers. The displays associated with dialingare listed here.

Direct-dialYou can dial a Direct-dial telephone with a single digit. TheDirect-dial telephone is usually in a central location, such as areceptionist‘s or secretary’s desk. It is usually a Prime telephoneand a Central Answering Position (CAP).

External line access codeThe external line access code is the number you dial to get anexternal line. You will need to use an external line access code ifyour Prime line is an internal line. The code will connect you to aline pool through your internal line.

If your Prime line is an external line, or if you select an externalline on your telephone, you will not need an external line accesscode. You will always need an external line access code on an

Telephone.

Your Customer Service Representative assigns the external lineaccess code in Configuration programming.

Last Number RedialYou can redial the last external number you dialed.

1. Press .

Ring Again If you can’t get through to someone on your systembecause their telephone is busy or there is no answer, you canhave the system tell you when they hang up or next usetheir phone.

1. Press [Feature] before you hang up.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 171: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Dialing 1 1 3

You also use Ring tell you when a busy line becomes available.

.

Using Ring Again cancels any previous Ring Again requests atyour telephone.

You can cancel a ring again request by entering the Cancel RingAgain feature code.

Number Redial You can save the number of the external call you are on(providing you dialed the call) so that you can call it again later.

1 Press while you are on the call.

You can dial a saved number.

1. Press when you are not on a call.

Related features

The feature lets you program telephone numbers ontomemory buttons for one-touch dialing.

Dialing modes supports three different methods of dialing. They are

described in the Customizing your telephone section under theheading Dialing Modes.

Line PoolsLine pools give you access to many external lines.

Priority CallIf you get a busy signal when you call someone in your office,you can interrupt them using Priority Call.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 172: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

114 Dialing

Speed Dial The Speed Dial feature lets you dial programmed numbers byentering speed dial codes.

DisplaysYou will see some of these displays while selecting lines anddialing telephone numbers and in response to the numbers youdial.

You are dialing using Pre-Dial. Toerase an incorrect digit, press

or When the number iscomplete, select a line or lift thereceiver.

Call 21

The telephone you have called has nointernal lines available. You may press

to use the Ring Again orMessage features or press to make a Priority Call.

This prompt remains on your displayas long as you are on a call you havedialed. You may transfer the call bypressing

Your telephone is already connectedto the telephone you are trying to call.Check your active line buttons, andreturn to that call.

Wait for the telephone to beanswered, or press to use theRing Again or Messages features.

Wait for the telephone to beanswered. If no one answers, you maypress to use the Ring Again orMessages features, or pressPRIORITY to make a Priority Call.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 173: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Dialing

You’ cannot use Ring Again on yourcurrent call. You can only use RingAgain while you have a busy signal on

. . an internal call or line pool request or while an internal call is ringing.

d i s t u r b Not Disturb mode. Press to

use the Ring Again or Messages features, or press to make

, a Priority Call.

The telephone you are calling is in Do

The line you have chosen is in use atanother telephone. Use a differentline, or wait until the line is free.

You have entered a number that doesnot exist.

You have attempted to use someoneelse’s private line.

The line you have chosen is in use.Try another.

Enter the: digits of the number youwant to dial.

You have tried to make or receive acall when no line button was available.

You have not dialed an externaltelephone number since the lastpower interruption or system reset.

Either you have no Prime line or yourPrime line is busy. Select a linemanually before dialing.

You have tried to save the number ofan incoming call. You can only savenumbers that you have dialedyourself.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 174: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

116 Dialing

number

Notes

You have tried to use Saved NumberRedial, but have not first saved atelephone number. The SavedNumber Redial memory is empty.

You have entered the number of atelephone that is not in service.

The telephone you have called is onanother call. Press to use theRing Again or Message features.

The call you are trying to make is notallowed for your Class of Service.Make your call on a line or telephonethat is not restricted, or use a Class ofService password to bypass therestriction.

Press to use Ring Again. Press if you prefer to send a message.

See Message and Ring Again.

Either you have no Prime line, or thePrime line is in use, or the lineprogrammed onto an Autodialer,Speed Dialer, or Hotline is in use.Select a line and dial again.

Press to send a message. SeeMessages.

You have dialed your own number.

The maximum number of digits that Last Number Redial orSaved Number Redial records is 24.

You can copy the telephone number from a Last Number Redialor Saved Number Redial button onto an Autodiai button. Simplyenter the Last Number Redial or Saved Number Redial featurecode when the feature asks you to enter a number.

Each telephone can save only one number at a time with SavedNumber Redial, not one number for each line.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 175: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Do Not Dlsturb 1 1 7

Do Not Disturb You can stop calls from ringing at your telephone.

Press

Only Priority Calls will ring at your telephone. A line button willflash when you receive a call, but the call will not ring.

You can refuse to answer a particular call (including a PriorityCall).

1,. Press while your telephone is ringing.

Cancel Do Not DisturbYou can cancel Do Not Disturb.

1. Press

Displays

NotesIf you use Do Not Disturb while an external call is ringing, the callwill be forwarded to the Prime telephone. It may also beanswered by anyone whose telephone shares the line it is on.Once you turn Do Not Disturb on, calls will be forwarded to thePrime telephone only if there is no other telephone on which theline appears. (The Delayed Ring Transfer feature transfers allunanswered calls to the Prime telephone after a specified time.)

Your telephone is in Do Not Disturbmode. To cancel Do Not Disturb,press

Your telephone is receiving callsnormally.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 176: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

8 Feature Programming

Programming

Program a button You can program a feature code onto a memory button.

1. Press

2. For all telephones other than the M7100 Telephone, selectthe button you want to program.

3. Enter the feature code you want to program onto the button.

Erase a buttonYou can erase a memory button.

1. Press This is actually the External feature code.

2. For all telephones other than the M7100 Telephone, selectthe button you want to erase.

3. Erase the button by pressing or [Hold].

You cannot erase Answer, Handsfree/Mute, Intercom, or linebuttons.

Button Inquiry You can check the function of any line, Intercom, or memorybutton on your telephone.

1. Press

2. For all telephones other than the Telephone, pressthe button you want to know about.

3. Read the display.

When you are labeling or replacing a button cap, activate ButtonInquiry so that you won’t accidentally activate a feature.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 177: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

You will see some of the following displays while programming,erasing, or checking buttons. A variety of displays appear inButton Inquiry. See the display for informationapplicable to these. displays.

Press to move either right or left,or press or to view anumber that is too long to fit on thedisplay. Press or whenyou are finished.

Enter 1

Feature

The name of the feature assigned to abutton is displayed when you pressthe button. SHOW appears when thereis more information available. Press

or SHOW for additional information.

If you are checking a Speed Dialbutton, enter the two-digit Speed Dialcode that you want to check,

To erase a button, press

While entering a feature code you canpress or Q U I T programming or to clear outthe characters you have entered. Thesystem will accept the entry as soonas you enter a valid feature code.

Press and enter the featurecode you want to program onto thebutton. Invalid codes cannot beentered.

You have programmed a button with afeature that was already programmedonto another button- The feature hasmoved to the button you justprogrammed. Its original button isblank.

You cannot program an autodialer orfeature button while you are on a call.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 178: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

:

Press the button you want to check.Press or EXIT when youare finished.

and To erase a button, press [Hold].

To erase a button, press o r

Y o u have tried to use Button Inquirywhile you were on a call or had callson hold.

NotesWhen this book tells you to enter a feature code, you can do soby pressing a memory button programmed with that feature code.In some cases, pressing the button a second time cancels thefeature.

On the M7100 Telephone, Button inquiry shows your internalnumber followed by the function assigned to your single memorybut ton .

Any memory button not programmed as an external or internalline, Answer button, or Handsfree/Mute button, is available forprogramming features.

The following feature codes cannot be programmed onto amemory button: any code beginning with q except LanguageChoice and Contrast Adjustment.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 179: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Group ListenYou can let people in your office in on a call.

1 . Press You hear the caller’s voicethrough your telephone’s speaker.

2; Continue speak to the caller through the telephonereceiver. The caller will not hear people in your office.

Cancel Group Listen You can cancel Group Listen for the current call.

1. Press

Group Listen is canceled automatically when you hang up theGroup Listen call.

DisplaysYou may see one of these displays with Group Listen.

You have tried to use Group Listenwhen you are not on a call.

You have tried to use Group Listenwithout picking up the receiver.

NotesKeep the receiver away from the speaker, or you may hearfeedback. The higher the volume, the more the feedback. Pressthe button to prevent feedback when hanging up.

You can switch a Group Listen call to Handsfree by pressing To switch back to Group Listen, enter the Group

Listen feature code again,

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Brandon Hunt
Page 180: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Handsfree/Mute

Make calls without lifting the receiverYou can make calls without lifting the receiver. However, youmust have a Prime line assigned to your telephone.

1. Press The telephone’s internal microphone andspeaker are automatically turned on.

2. Dial your call.

3. Speak normally.

Answer calls without lifting the receiverYou can answer calls without lifting the receiver.

1. When your telephone rings, press Thetelephone’s internal microphone and speaker areautomatically turned on if you have a Prime line assigned toyour telephone.

2. Speak normally.

Mute HandsfreeYou can switch off the telephone microphone so that you canspeak privately to someone in your office while you are on ahandsfree call.

1. Press The microphone is turned off.

You can turn the microphone back on again and continue yourhandsfree call.

1. Press

Regular call to HandsfreeYou can turn any regular call into a handsfree call.

1. Press and hang up the receiver.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 181: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Han&free/Mute 123

Handsfree to regular callYou can turn a handsfree call into a regular call.

Lift the receiver.

The indicator next to is solid when you are inHandsfree mode. It flashes when you mute the microphone,

In open-concept environments, use the receiver or a headsetwhen Handsfree communication is not necessary, or when youneed privacy during a call. Always tell the person you arespeaking to that you are using Handsfree, and let them knowwho else is listening to the conversation.

Direct your voice toward the The closer you are to thetelephone, the easier it is for the microphone to transmit yourvoice clearly to your listener.

Wait for your caller to finish speaking before you speak. Themicrophone and speaker cannot both be on at once. Your caller’svoice may be cut off if you both speak at the same time. Noisessuch as a tapping pencil could be loud enough to turn on yourmicrophone and cut off your caller’s speech.,

To prevent a possible echo, keep the area around yourtelephone free of paper and other objects that might screen yourmicrophone. Turning down the microphone’s volume (using

also prevents echo.

Place the telephone so that any unavoidable local noise (such asan air conditioner) is behind it. This limits the amount ofdisruptive background noise.

A Handsfree button is assigned to a telephone by the SystemCoordinator in Administration programming.

The feature is not available on Telephones.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 182: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

124 Hold

Hold

Put a call on holdYou can temporarily suspend a call.

1. Press (Hold].

When a call is on hold, its indicator flashes on all telephones thathave access to the line. The call can be retrieved from any ofthese telephones.

Retrieve a held callYou can connect to a call on hold.

1. Press the flashing line button of the held call.

Automatic HoldYou can switch from one call to another.

Press the line button of the caller you want to speak to. Yourcurrent caller is put on hold automatically.

Listen on HoldIf you have been put on hold, you can hang up the receiver whileyou wait for the other person to return.

1. Press [Hold].

2. Hang up the receiver.

3. Press the line button of the call. You may hear indicationsfrom the far end that you are on hold (for example, tones ormusic).

4. When the person you were talking to returns you will hearthem through your telephone speaker. Lift the receiver andtalk.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 183: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Hold 125

Exclusive Hold

You can put a call on Exclusive Hold so that it can be retrievedonly at your telephone.

1. Press or The lineappears busy on all other telephones, and the call cannot be

picked up by anyone else in the office-

M u & / T o n e s / S i l e n c e H o l dExternal callers can hear either music, a periodic tone, or silencewhile they are on hold. In order for your caller to hear music, yourcompany must have installed a music source.

WARNINGIn accordance with U.S. copyright law, a license may berequired from the American Society of Composers,Authors and Publishers, or a similar organization, if radioor TV broadcasts are transmitted through the Music onHold feature of this telecommunication system.

Northern Telecom Inc. hereby disclaims any liabilityarising out of the failure to obtain such a license.

Your Customer Service Representative sets this feature to music,tones, or silence in Configuration programming.

NotesOn the M7100 Telephone, [Hold] alternates between twolines; one active, one on hold. The M7100 Telephone cannotretrieve a call placed on hold by another telephone.

If the Automatic Handsfree feature has been assigned to yourtelephone, use the Handsfree/Mute feature instead of Listen onHold.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 184: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

126 Host System Signaling .

Host System Signaling

You can access Host systems, such as Private BranchExchanges (PBX) from by using Host System Signalingfeatures (also known as End-to-End Signaling). These featureseither send a special signal to the host system or allow you toprogram delays required by host systems onto external buttons or Speed Dial codes.

Host system signaling codesLink

If your system is connected to a Private BranchExchange (PBX), you can use a Link signal to access specialfeatures.

The Link signal can also be included as part of a longer storedsequence on an External button or in a Speed Dialcode. The Link symbol uses two of the 24 spaces in a dialingsequence.

Pause The Pause feature enters a 1.5 second delay in a dialingsequence on an external line. This is often required for signalingremote devices, such as answering machines, or when reachingthrough to PBX features or Host systems.

You can obtain a Pause with one button press if you program thefeature code onto a memory button. More than one Pause canbe programmed onto an External button.

The Pause symbol uses one of the 24 spaces in a dialingsequence.

For Pulse Dialing, inserts a 1.5 second pause into the dialingsequence.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 185: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Host System Signaling 127

Programmed ReleaseThe Programmed Release feature performs the function of the

button in a programmed dialing sequence. When the systemencounters Programmed Release in a programmed dialingsequence, it stops dialing and hangs up the call. TheProgrammed Release symbol takes up two of the 24 spacesin a programmed dialing sequence.

Run/Stop inserts a break’point into a sequence of dialednumbers or characters used for automatic dialing. This may benecessary when you are connecting to a PBX or similar Hostsystem.

For example, you may call a company with an automatedattendant that instructs you to dial the internal number you need.You can’program the company number, a Run/Stop, then theinternal number on one External button. Press theautodialer once to dial the company number. When you hear theautomated attendant, press the autodialer again to dial theinternal number.

The Run/Stop symbol (S) uses one of the 24 spaces in anExternal or Speed Dial sequence.

Timed ReleaseThe Timed Release feature inserts a 1.5 second pause into asequence. You can use it in a dialing sequence for accessing aremote system, such as a PBX. You can also dial it if you wish torelease a call from your line but keep the line for another call.You will return to dial tone.

The Timed Release symbol takes up two of the spaces in aprogrammed dialing sequence.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 186: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

128 System Signaling

DisplaysYou may see this display while entering Host System Signalingcodes.

You have entered a code that be used in a programmed orSpeed Dial sequence, not on a callyou dial directly. ProgrammedRelease and Run/Stop are for use inprogrammed dialing sequences only.

Notes

. .

If your external telephone lines are programmed for PulseDialing, you can temporarily switch to Tone Dialing by pressingI# after selecting the line. Tone Dialing lets your telephone communicate with devices and services that respondto tone signals, such as automatic switchboards, and fax oranswering machines.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 187: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Line Pools 1 2 9

Line Pools

Use a line A line pool is a group of external lines that can be shared bymany telephones- You can use a line in a line pool to make anexternal call.

If you have a free internal line, dial a tine pool access codeon an internal line. (You do not need the Line Pool featurecode.) If you have no free internal line, press and then a line pool access code.

Everyone in the office should have a list of the line pool accesscodes for the line pools their telephones can use.

Displays You may see some of the following displays while using a linepool. For displays associated with dialing telephone numbers,see the Dialing section.

Enter a line pool access code.

/Denied in Access to the line pool you requestedis denied in Configurationprogramming.

You have entered an invalid line poolaccess code.

The line chosen by the system foryour line pool request became activebefore connecting with your call. Retrythe line pool request.

There is no free button on which theline pool line can appear.

You have tried to access your linepool, but there are no lines in the linepool or all the lines are busy. Use RingAgain or call again later.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 188: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

,130 Line Pools

NotesYou do not usually need to enter the Line Pool feature code touse a line pool. Simply dial the line pool access code on aninternal line. If you have no free internal lines, you will need touse the feature code to get a line pool. You will also need it toprogram access to a specific line pool onto a memory button.

You can program a button to access a line pool by programmingthe Line Pool feature code and a line pool access code onto amemory button in Feature programming Whenall the lines in a line pool are busy, the indicator for the Line Poolbutton turns on. The indicator turns off when a line becomesavailable.

Your system can have three line pools, and a telephonecan be programmed to access any number of them.

You can use a line pool only to make external calls.

If no lines are available in the line pool, you can use Ring Againat the busy tone. You will be notified when a line in the line poolbecomes available. See Ring Again.

Your Customer Service Representative gives telephones accessto line pools in Configuration programming. Each line pool isassigned a line pool access code in Configuration programming.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 189: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Messages 131

The Messages feature allows you to send a message to another user, and lets you know if you have any messages

waiting. As well, the Messages feature uses a Message WaitingList to keep a record of your internal messages and your(external) voice mail messages, if the service is provided by yourtelephone company, From your Message Waiting List, you can:

view your messages,

call back the internal caller who left a message,

erase an internal message,

call your Voice Message Center that left a message(s), and,

clear a message sent by your Voice Message Center (themessage still remains at the Center until it is erased there).

Send a message You can leave a message on the display of another telephone inyour system.

1. Press [Feature]

2. A one-line display shows Message ORA two-line display shows M e s s a g e 1 i s t . Press todisplay M e s s a g e t o :

3. Enter the internal number that is to receive your message.Your recipient’s display identifies that the message hasarrived.

Show your sent messagesOn a telephone with a two-line display, you can show and scanthe messages you have sent.

1. Press The display shows M e s s a g e 1 i s t .

2. Press S H O W to display your first sent message.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 190: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

132 Messages,

Cancel a sent messageYou can cancel a message that you have sent to someone.

1. Press The display shows for:

2. Enter the internal number for the message that you want tocancel.

Notification of message(s)If another user in your system or your Voice MessageCenter has sent you a message, your display reads

YOU or YOU. If you-also haveitems in your Call Log, your display reads C a l 1

Enter your Message Waiting ListTo enter your Message Waiting List:

1. Press The display shows the first item.

Navigate through your Message Waiting ListTo navigate forward through your list, press NEXT or Tonavigate backward, press q .

Call from your Message Waiting ListFrom your Message Waiting List, you can call the person (or yourVoice Message Service) who sent the message. First, you maywant to view your messages and decide if you want to reply tothem.

1. Press The display shows the first message.

2. Press NEXT or to scroll through the list of messages.

3. To call a particular number, press or Thetelephone number that is dialed to access your VoiceMessage Center is programmed in Administrationprogramming. This telephone number is dialed automaticallywhen you press or

If you wish to use a line other than the programmed line, exitfrom the Message Waiting List and dial the Voice MessageCenter telephone number using normal dialing methods.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 191: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Messages 133

Remove items from your List You an internal message or clear a message you havereceived from your Voice Message Center. When you clear thismessage from your Message Waiting List, it still exists at yourVoice Message Center until you erase it there. To erase a voicemessage, refer to your Voice Message Center documentation.

From an idle telephone, press to eraseor clear the first message (either an internal message or amessage from your Voice Message Center).ORFrom within your Message Waiting List, press or

or for the item that you want to remove.

Related featuresCall Log

The status display for the Message Waiting List shares the samedisplay with the Call Log status display.

Displays You will see some of the following displays while sendingmessages.

Cancel den i

When reviewing the messages youhave sent, press NEXT to view thenext message or to erase themessage on the display.

This is the Message Waiting Listdisplay for internal messages. PressNEXT to see the next message. Press

to reply to the message. Press to erase the message.

You have tried to send a message to a Analog Terminal Adapter. The Analog Terminal Adapter does

not have a display so it cannot show amessage.

You have entered an invalid numberwhen attempting to cancel a message.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 192: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

1 3 4 Messages

Erased> 21NEXT

I n u s e : 2 1

to :

Dial the internal number to which yousent the message you wish to cancel.

You have cleared an externalmessage from your Message WaitingList. The message itself still exists inyour Voice Message Center until youerase it there:

You have erased an internal message.

This message does not pertain toM7100 Telephones. If you try toaccess your Message Waiting Listwhile on an active call, this displayadvises you to hold or release thepresent call.

You are trying to call from yourMessage Waiting List. The line thatyou are trying to use is being used bythe identified user.

This is the Message Waiting Listdisplay. For that particular voicemessage, it tells you the line the callcame in on, and the name of that line.

You have tried to send a message toan invalid internal number or to atelephone that is out of service.

You have a one in your MessageWaiting List, and you have no newentries in your Call Log. Press toreview the message.

The SHOW display button appears onlyif you have outstanding messages.Press SHOW to review or erasemessages you have sent. Press to send a new message.

Enter the internal number of thetelephone to which you would like tosend a message.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 193: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

& C a l l s

Messages

This indicates that there is more than one item in your Message Waiting

List, and there are one or more newentries in the Call Log.

n u m b e r

You have more than one item in yourMessage Waiting List, and you haveno new entries in your Call Log. Press

to review the messages.

You have no line button free withwhich to reply to a message.

You don’t have any messages tocancel or there are no messages toscan through.

There has been no numberprogrammed for the Voice MessageCenter. To program the number, seethe Programming chapter.

e a s e c a l l If you have an M7100 Telephone, thisis displayed when you try to reply to amessage while on an active call. Youmust-release your call before enteringyour Message Waiting List.

T h e i r l i s t f u l l

1 fu l l

You are trying to send a message to atelephone whose message waiting listis full.

You have tried to send a message butyour telephone’s list of sent messagesis full. Cancel one of the messagesyou have sent, if possible, or wait untilyou have received a reply to one ofthose messages.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 194: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

136

N o t e sYou can send up to four messages to different telephones,including your Voice Message Center. If your telephone is aDirect-dial telephone or a Central Answering Position, you cansend messages to 30 telephones.

You can receive up to four messages from different telephones,including your Voice Message Center. The single message fromyour Voice Message Center may pertain to several voicemessages.

Any message can be canceled either by the person who sent itor by the person who received it.

If your reply to a message is forwarded or is answered at anothertelephone using the Call Pickup feature, the message remains onyour telephone until you cancel it or successfully contact thetelephone that sent the message.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Brandon Hunt
Page 195: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Telephones 137 ,

This section covers the basic features of your telephoneand optional equipment that may be attached to it.

ButtonsFeature button (Feature)

You use the Feature button to invoke features. See theUsing features section.

Hold button [Ho ld ]You use the Hold button to put calls on hold. See the Holdsection. It is also used in place of the display button ontelephones with one-line displays.

Memory buttonsMemory buttons are the buttons with indicators on the M7208,M7310, and M7324 Telephones, and the dual buttons withoutindicators on the M7310 Telephone. There is also a singlememory button, without an indicator, on the M7100 Telephone.Memory buttons can be used for any of the following buttons,except that lines and Answer buttons must appear on buttonswith indicators.

Answer buttonsYou can use an Answer button to monitor calls on anotherperson’s telephone. All calls to the monitored telephone appearon the Answer button. Such calls may also ring at the telephonewith the Answer button, depending on how the system isconfigured. Answer buttons are most useful for a secretary whomonitors incoming calls for one or several managers.

If more than one call is ringing at the manager’s telephone, thefirst call appears on the secretary’s Answer button. Anysubsequent calls appear on Intercom buttons if they areavailable.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 196: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

138 ‘Telephones

More than one secretary may have an Answer button for a singlemanager. This allows two or more secretaries to handle calls fora busy manager.

Similarly, one person can handle calls for up to four other people,using separate Answer buttons for each person.

A secretary’s telephone should have a memory button with anindicator programmed as the Internal button for themanager’s telephone. This allows the secretary to call themanager and to deal efficiently with incoming calls.

You cannot make calls using Answer buttons.

buttons buttons let you dial numbers by pressing a single button.

See the section.

Line buttonsYou have one line button for each line assigned to yourtelephone. You press the line button to select the line you want toanswer or use to make a call. Having several line buttons allowsyou immediate access to more than one line so you can handleand monitor calls easily. The Telephone does not haveline buttons and can have a maximum of two lines. You canswitch between its two lines, one active and one on hold, bypressing [Hold].

Programmed Feature ButtonsProgrammed feature buttons allow you to invoke featuresby pressing a single button. See the Feature Programmingsection.

Release buttonPressing ends a call. You do not have to put the receiverdown. also ends feature programming.

While you are on a call, do not press to end a feature youare using (such as Show Message). If you do, you will disconnectthe call. Use [Feature) instead.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 197: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Nor-star Telephones 139

The Volume Bar controls the volume of the receiver, telephonering, Handsfree speaker, headset and Background Music. Presseither end of the volume bar to adjust the volume.

HeadsetA headset lets you keep both hands free while you are on a callwithout others overhearing your telephone conversations.

If you plug a headset into your telephone while you are on a call,your telephone’s microphone and speaker (or your receiver if youare on a regular call) are turned off and your headset microphoneand earpiece are turned on.

You must have the feature assigned to yourtelephone if you wish to use a headset.

While you are using the headset, the receiver and the switch inthe telephone cradle do not work.

A headset cannot be used on an M7100 Telephone.

Using a headsetWhile on a call using the headset, press to turn yourheadset on and off.

To answer a call, press

To adjust the volume, press the appropriate side of the volumebar

To change to a Handsfree call while you are on a call using yourheadset, unplug your headset. Your telephone’s microphone andspeaker turn on and the call becomes a Handsfree call. (It is agood idea to put the call on hold while you do this.)

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 198: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

140J Telephones .

You may see this prompt when you try to use a headset.

You are attempting to use a headset,but Handsfree/Mute is notprogrammed for your telephone. If youare not using a headset, you haveaccidentally plugged your telephonereceiver into the headset outlet on thebottom of the telephone.

Hearing Aid CompatibilityThe receivers on all telephones are compatible withhearing aids as defined in the FCC rules, Part 68, section68.316.

Not all hearing aids are optimized for use with atelephone.

Wall MountingMost telephones can be mounted on a wall. Contact yourCustomer Service Representative if you wish to have anytelephones in your system wall-mounted.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 199: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Make a page announcementYou can make announcements over the system.

Press

2. Choose a page type.

3. If necessary, choose a zone.

4. Make your announcement.

5. Press

Page types are :through the telephone speakers (Internal Page)through an external speaker (External Page)both Internal and External (Combined Page)

Paging shortcutsInstead of entering the Page feature code followed by the pagetype, you can enter the following shortcut codes.

Internal and zone (0 to 6)

External (code 2 has no zones)

Combined and zone (0 to 6)

Related featuresVoice Call

You can make an announcement to one person by placing avoice call to their telephone.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 200: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

1 4 2 Page

DisplaysYou will see some of these displays while making a Pageannouncement.

Denied in

Inval id

FILL

You have tried to Page, but thisfeature has not been assigned to yourtelephone.

Enter the desired zone number (O-6)or press to page to all zones. (0equals all zones.)

You have entered a page zone codethat is not between 0 and 6.

Select the type of page you want bypressing:

or SETS Internal Page or External Page or BOTH Combined Page

The time allotted for paging hasexpired.

The prompt appears while you arepaging and shows the page zone youhave chosen. Press or when you are finished paging.

A page is already being made in thepage zone you have requested.

NotesPage zone 0 equals all zones.

Each telephone can be assigned access to Paging and isassigned to one of six page zones, or to none, in Administrationprogramming.

Make sure that everyone who needs to make pageannouncements has a list showing which telephones are in whichpage zones.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 201: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

If you get a busy signal when you call someone in your office,you can interrupt them. Use this feature for urgent calls only.

1. Press

2.. Wait for a connection, then speak.

A person who receives a Priority Call while on another call haseight seconds to accept or reject the call. If the person doesnothing, the Priority Call feature puts the active call on ExclusiveHold and connects your call.

DisplaysYou will see some of these displays while making a Priority Call.

Denied in admin

d e n i e d

You tried to place a Priority Call toanother telephone. Theperson you called has blocked yourcall. Try to call later.

You have tried to make a Priority Call,but this feature has not been assignedto your telephone.

You have attempted to use the PriorityCall feature with no ringing or busytone on the line. Use Priority Call onlywhen you hear ringing or a busysignal.

The party you are calling has eightseconds to decide whether to acceptor reject your Priority Call.

The telephone you are calling isalready in a Priority Call or is unable toreceive Priority Calls.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Brandon Hunt
Brandon Hunt
Page 202: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

144 Priority

You can make a Priority Call only while your telephone displayshows one of the following prompts:

If Call Forward is active at the telephone you are trying to reach,your call will be forwarded.

If the telephone receiving the Priority Call is in a conference call,the other two are automatically put on hold when thePriority Call is accepted.

The System Coordinator gives a telephone permission to makePriority Calls in Administration programming.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 203: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Modes Service 145

Switch to a service modeYou can use Service Modes to make your systembehave differently at different times of day. For instance, allincoming external calls can be directed to a security guard’stelephone during the night, or calls to one receptionist can bedirected to another receptionist during lunch.

1. Press on a Control telephone. (See Specialtelephones for information on Control telephones.)

2. Select the service mode you want.

Cancel Service ModesYou can return to normal operation or cancel the manual overrideof an automatic mode. You cannot cancel an automatic mode.

1. Press

DisplaysYou will see some of the following displays when selecting aservice mode.

The name of the current service mode(“Night Service”, in this case) isdisplayed. Press or NEXT to seeother service mode options. Press

or to select the desiredmode.

You are trying to activate a servicemode from a telephone that is not aControl telephone or Direct-dialtelephone, or else all service modesare disabled in Administrationprogramming.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 204: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

1 4 6 Service Modes

NotesA service mode allows you to change which lines ring at whichtelephone, to activate or deactivate the auxiliary ringer for certainlines, and to have Direct-dial calls ring at the Extra-dialtelephone. Service modes can be programmed to beginautomatically at certain times or they can be turned on and off atthe Control telephone. The System Coordinator sets up servicemodes in Administration programming.

Automatic service modes are indicated by an asterisk (*) beforethe name of the service mode on the display. You can neithermanually activate nor cancel automatic service modes, althoughyou can override them with manual modes.

The Control telephone can override automatic service modes atany time by entering the Service Modes feature code([Feature) and selecting a different service mode; thisoverride will remain in effect until it is canceled by means of

Note that if you selected a service mode withan asterisk the next automatic service mode will come intoeffect at the programmed time.

Direct-dial calls to a Direct-dial telephone will ring at the Extra-dialtelephone (designated in Administration programming) only whenthe Service Modes feature code is entered atthat Direct-dial telephone. Note that only the Extra-dial telephonewill be activated, not the actual service mode (unless thatDirect-dial telephone is also a Control telephone).

provides three service modes named “Night”, “Lunch”,and “Evening”. You can change these names to suit yourself. Inaddition, there is normal service when no service modes areactive.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 205: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Special 147

You can assign several special functions to the telephones inyour system. Except where noted, you do not needspecial hardware. A special function is assigned to a telephoneeither by your Customer Service Representative in Configurationprogramming or by the System Coordinator in Administrationprogramming.

Control telephone‘The Control telephone lets you place the external lines for whichit has responsibility into and out of Service Modes. See ServiceModes.

Direct-dial telephoneYou can dial a Direct-dial telephone with a single digit. TheDirect-dial telephone is usually in a central location, such as areceptionist’s or secretary’s desk. It is usually a Prime telephoneand a Central Answering Position (CAP).

There may be up to five Direct-dial telephones in your system,but each telephone in the system is assigned to a singleDirect-dial telephone. There is a single,Direct-dial digit for thewhole system that lets each telephone call its assignedDirect-dial telephone.

Each Direct-dial telephone can send up to 30 messagesand each can invoke Service Modes to activate the Extra-dialtelephone.

Your Customer Service Representative sets up Direct-dialtelephones in Configuration programming. The SystemCoordinator assigns telephones to Direct-dial telephones inAdministration programming.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 206: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Special Telephones

Emergency telephoneThe Emergency telephone is a single-line telephone (not a

telephone) that functions independently of the system. You can use the Emergency telephone when your

system is not working.

Emergency Transfer/Power Failure Cut-through provides basictelephone service on external line 01 through an Emergencytelephone if the power fails or if a system error occurs.

The Emergency telephone is usually located near the KeyService Unit (KSU). Each KSU can support two Emergencytelephones, and each Trunk Module can support one additionalEmergency telephone.

Extra-dial telephoneIn Service Modes, a second telephone can be assigned to ringon calls made to a Direct-dial telephone. There may be oneExtra-dial telephone for each Direct-dial telephone, and it may bea different telephone in each Service Mode.

Hotline telephoneYou can call a programmed internal or external telephonenumber simply by picking up the receiver of the Hotline telephone(or by pressing

A Hotline telephone can be set up to dial an operator or anemergency number. You should put a notice by the Hotlinetelephone to let people know which number will be dialed whenthey lift the receiver.

If the Hotline telephone is set up to dial an external number usingthe Prime line, there must be an external Prime line assigned tothe telephone. If not, the Hotline call will fail.

The System Coordinator sets up the Hotline telephone, thetelephone number it dials, and the line on which that number isdialed, in Administration programming.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 207: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

.

Special Telephones 149

To bypass a Hotline Press a line button, or use the Pre-Dial or Automatic Dial featurebefore you pick up the receiver or press

The following displays may occur at a Hotline telephone.

The line assigned to the Hotline is inuse. Make the call using normalmethods or wait until the Hotline line isfree.

[NO 1 The Hotline has been set up to dial anexternal number on a Prime line butthe Hotline telephone does not have aPrime line. This must be corrected inConfiguration or Administrationprogramming.

The Hotline has been set up to dial anexternal number on a Prime line butthe Hotline telephone has an internalPrime line and no access to line pools.This must be corrected inConfiguration or Administrationprogramming.This message may also appear if theline pool assigned to the telephone isbusy.

Prime telephoneEach line in a system can have a telephone assigned toit as a Prime telephone. Calls not answered at their normaldestinations are transferred to the Prime telephone. The Primetelephone is usually the telephone on the receptionist’s desk andit is often the Control telephone and a Central Answering Positionas well. A Prime telephone is assigned to a line in Configurationprogramming.

See the Answering the telephone section for the displays thatmay occur at a Prime telephone.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 208: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

150 Speed Dial

Speed Dial

Make a Speed Dial callYou can quickly dial external telephone numbers that have beenprogrammed onto Speed Dial codes.

1. Press .

2. Enter the appropriate two-digit Speed Dial code.

supports two types of Speed Dial codes, Personal andSystem. System Speed Dial codes are from 01 to 70. TheSystem Administrator can assign numbers to System Speed Dialcodes for the entire system in Administration programming.Personal Speed Dial codes are from 71 to 94 and may havedifferent numbers assigned to them on each telephone. Userscan program their own Personal Speed Dial numbers.

Program Personal Speed DialYou can add or change a Personal Speed Dial number on yourtelephone.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Press (Feature]

Enter the code that you want to associate with a telephonenumber.

If you want to include a line selection for this number, selectthe line or line pool. For the M7100 Telephone, you canselect a line only.

Enter the number you want to program.

Press or [Hold].

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 209: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Speed Dial 151

You will see some of these prompts while using or programmingSpeed Dial.

Continue entering the number youwish to program. You can change thenumber by pressing the left side of thevolume bar or by pressing When vou are finished, press

denied

f u l l

Enter code:

Invalid

Line in I I

You have tried to program a PersonalSpeed Dial number while someoneelse on the system is in Configurationor Administration programming.

You have tried to enter a newPersonal Speed Dial Number, but thememory for these numbers in your

system is full.

Enter a two-digit code between 71 and94 for the personal speed dial numberyou want to program.

Enter the telephone number you wishto program exactly as you would if youwere dialing it normally. When you arefinished, press or

You have entered a code outside thecode range (01-94).

The line associated with the speeddial number you are trying to use isbusy.

There is no number stored on theSpeed Dial code you have dialed.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 210: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

152 /Speed Dial,

and

a 1

dial

If you want to program a line or linepool selection for this Speed Dial,select the line or line pool.Otherwise, enter the telephonenumber you wish to program exactlyas you would if you were dialing itnormally. When you are finished,press ( H o l d ] .

If you want to program a line or linepool selection for this Speed Dial,select the line or line pool.Otherwise, enter the telephonenumber you wish to program exactlyas you would if you were dialing itnormallv. When vou are finished.press

There is no line associated with thespeed dial number you are trying touse. Select a free external line or linepool and enter the Speed Dial featurecode again.

Enter a two-digit Speed Dial code(01-94). You must enter the zero forcodes 01 to 09.

NotesThere is no difference between using Personal Speed Dial andusing System Speed Dial. They differ only in how you programthem.

Speed Dial numbers’ may include line choices and Host SystemSignaling codes.

Speed Dial numbers are subject to the same Class of Service asregularly dialed numbers. System Speed Dial numbers can beprogrammed to bypass dialing restrictions.

Normally, Speed Dial numbers are shown on the display whilethey are being dialed. System Speed Dial numbers may beprogrammed to show a Speed Dial name instead of the number,keeping the actual number confidential.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 211: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

The following features a available for the entire system.

Accidental Disconnect ProtectionIf you accidentally drop the receiver back into the telephonecradle while answering a call, you can quickly retrieve the call.

Pick up the receiver again or press You areconnected to your call.

Automatic telephone relocationIf Automatic telephone relocation is enabled, you can move your

telephone from one jack to another without it losing anyof its custom programming. Your Customer ServiceRepresentative enables Automatic telephone relocation inConfiguration programming.

Backg round Mus i c You can listen to music through your teiephone speaker.

1. Press

WARNINGIn accordance with U.S. copyright law, a license may berequired from the American Society of Composers,Authors and Publishers or a similar organization if radioor TV broadcasts are transmitted through theBackground Music feature of this telecommunicationsystem.

Northern Telecom Inc. hereby disclaims any liabilityarising out of the failure to obtain such a license.

The music stops automatically if you make or answer a call.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 212: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

154 System features

Your Customer Service Representative makes this featureavailable to all telephones in Configuration programming. You willneed to supply a music source, such as a radio, attached to yourKSU.

Cancel You can cancel Background Music.

Press

Class of ServiceThe Class of Service for a call consists of all the featuresand lines available to you for that call. This is determined by thefeatures assigned to the telephone in Administrationprogramming, including all Dialing Filters.

Users who need to numbers not permitted by the Class ofService of the line or telephone that they are using, can switch toa different Class of Service by entering a Class of ServicePassword.

Internal numbersEach telephone in the system has its own internalnumber. The length of internal numbers in your system may be 2digits. All numbers in your system are the same length. YourCustomer Service Representative sets the length of internalnumbers (also called the DN length) in Configurationprogramming.

To find out your internal number, use the Button Inquiry feature on an internal line button. On the

Telephone, Button inquiry shows your internal number followedby the function assigned to your single memory button.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Brandon Hunt
Page 213: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

System features 1 5 5

Lines .The features and are associated with theuse of lines.

Any of the lines in your system may appear at any of yourtelephones. Your Customer Service Representative assigns linesto telephones in Configuration programming,

only the lines that are appropriate for a particular personappear at that person’s telephone. When a line is assigned to atelephone it is automatically given a line button on thattelephone, if a button is available. The Telephone has noline, buttons for its lines.

Normally, you cannot answer a call that is ringing on a line thatdoes not appear on your telephone. To pick up such a call, useCall Pickup, Call Park, or Transfer.

Line PoolsA line pool allows each telephone access to external lines from agroup (or “pool”) of external can access such lines bypressing an intercom button and entering a line pool access codeor by pressing a memory button programmed with the line poolfeature code.

Private linesA Private line is exclusive to a particular telephone. Calls that areput on hold or left unanswered on a Private line cannot be pickedup at any telephone except the Prime telephone.

Prime lineYour telephone can be programmed to select an internal orexternal line or a line pool automatically whenever you lift thereceiver or press This is your Prime line.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 214: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

156 System features

Ringing Line PreferenceEach telephone in the system can be programmed to ringor remain silent for incoming calls on any external lines thatappear on the telephone.

For example, a telephone may have buttons assigned for lines 1to 3, but have only lines 1 and 2 programmed to ring. Anincoming call on any of the three lines causes a line buttonindicator to flash, and the telephone can be used to answer thecall. This is especially useful for people who monitor othertelephone lines, but want only their own lines to actually ring.

If a telephone has an external line as a Prime line, that line isusually made to ring.

System Speed DialSpeed Dial codes 01 to 70 are the same for the entire system.See the Speed Dial section for details.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 215: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

The Time features let you check the present time and how longyou have spent on a call.

Call Duration You can see how long you spent on your last call or how longyou have been on your present call.

Press

2. Read the display.

Show TimeYou can see the present date and time while you are on a call.

1. Press

2. Read the display.

DisplaysOne of the following displays will occur when you use a Timef e a t u r e .

You have not made a call since yourtelephone’s clock was last reset.

The display shows the last call youmade, or the current call, and the totalelapsed time in minutes and seconds.

The display shows the present time.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 216: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

158 Transfer

Transfer [Feature]

Transfer a callYou can transfer a call to another person in your office.

1. Make or answer a call.

2. Press (or if programmed).

3. Dial an internal telephone number.

4. If you wish, you can announce the call after the called partyanswers.

5. Press or JOIN.

6. The call is immediately transferred.

You can also press a programmed Call Queuingbutton to complete the transfer and answer the nextcall.

Transfer using HoldTransfer using Hold can only be used to transfer an external callto another telephone that has, a button for the line that theexternal call is on.

Call the person you want to transfer the call to and tell them thereis a call on hold for them. Do not enter the Transfer featurecode. To accept the call, your co-worker presses the line buttonwith the flashing indicator.

An Telephone can transfer a call using Hold but it cannotreceive a call transferred in this way.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 217: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

calls.

121 RETRV

/ C a l ;

The person to whom you tried totransfer a call is on another call. PressRETRV to enter a new internal number.On the Telephone, you willautomatically be returned to the

to: prompt.

The person to whom you tried totransfer an external call has Do NotDisturb active on their telephone.Press or the flashing linebutton to reconnect to the call. On the

Telephone, lift the receiver.

The internal caller you were trying totransfer hung up before the transferwas complete;

The person to whom you tried totransfer a call did not answer. Press

or the flashing line buttonto reconnect to the call. On the M7100Telephone, lift the receiver.

Press if, after talking to theperson at internal number 21, youdecide to transfer the call to someoneelse. Press or JOIN to transfer thecall from internal number 21 to 22.

Dial the internal telephone number ofthe person to whom you want totransfer the call. If you are alreadyconnected to that person, press theline button of their call.

Transient message to indicate that thetransfer was successfully completed.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 218: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

160 Transfer

U P

M a k e c a l l f i r s t

The person to whom you tried totransfer an internal call has Do NotDisturb active on their telephone.Press or the flashing linebutton to reconnect to the call. On the

Telephone, enter the transfercancellation code ([Feature] to reconnect to the call.

An invalid DN has been entered, orthe transfer feature has been invokedbefore the complete DN has beenentered.

The external caller you were trying totransfer has hung up before thetransfer was complete.

Press JOIN to transfer the call on line01 to telephone 21. Press if,after talking to the person at internalnumber 21, you decide to transfer thecall to someone else.

You have tried to use the Transferfeature when you have no call totransfer.

The telephone to which you are tryingto transfer a call is out of service.

You cannot transfer the call becauseof telephone or line restrictions.

Once you have invoked the transferfeature you must complete the transferactions before you can access a newfeature, answer another alterting callor select an outgoing line.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 219: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Transfer 161

You have tried to transfer anexternal call to another external

Press” i f you entered the wronginternal number or if the person youare transferring the call to isunavailable.

NotesIf an external call is transferred to a busy internal line, or notanswered after a rings, the call automatically rings you backand the display indicates that the line was busy or that no one

Your completed for .one of these ‘reasons:

l All the internal resources needed toperform a transfer are in use. Tryagain later.

answered,

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 220: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

1 6 2 Voice Call

Voice Call

Make a voice callYou can make an announcement or begin a conversationthrough the speaker of another telephone in the system.

Mute Voice Call tonesWhen a Voice Call begins at your telephone, you hear a beepevery 15 seconds as a reminder that the microphone is on. Youcan stop it beeping.

1. Pick up the receiver or press

Handsfree If Handsfree Answerback is assigned to your telephone, you canrespond to a Voice Call without touching the telephone.

1. When someone makes a Voice Call to you, simply starttalking. Your telephone’s microphone picks up your voice.

Your telephone will beep periodically to remind you themicrophone is on. You can stop it beeping.

Pick up the receiver or press

Voice Call DenyYou can prevent your telephone from receiving Voice Calls.

1. Press [Feature] Voice Calls will ring like regularinternal calls. Your other calls will proceed normally.

Cancel Voice Call DenyYou can cancel Voice Call Deny.

1. Press

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 221: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

/Dial

N o t e s

Dial the internal number or press theinternal button of the personto whom you want to speak.

The line is open for you to speak.

The telephone receiving the callcannot accept Voice Calls for one ofthe following reasons: it is active orringing with another call; it is in CallForward mode; it is in Do Not Disturbmode; it has Voice Call Deny turnedon; it is not a telephone.

Your call proceeds automatically as aregular ringing call.

Once you have answered a Voice Call, you can put it on hold,transfer it, or otherwise treat it as a normal call.

When you have Handsfree Answerback assigned to yourtelephone, and you are using an on-hook Dialing Mode, themicrophone and speaker are both activated for external calls.

The System Coordinator assigns Handsfree Answerback to atelephone in Administration programming. You can not assignHandsfree Answerback capability to the Telephone.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 222: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

1 6 4 Voice Call

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Brandon Hunt
Page 223: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Compact Telephone Feature Card 165

Using a

feature

1. Press and enter the desired feature code on the dial pad.OR

the programmed memory button. 2. Follow the display messages.

Note: On M7310 and M7324 Telephones, some features are also available on the displayb u t t o n s .

Programming From an idle telephone, or with your calls on hold, press a Press the memory that you want to program. (This step is not required on thefeature on a M7100 Telephone.) See your telephone user card for the location of the memorymemory buttons.button 3. Enter the feature code you want to program.

Autobumping Allows the oldest log entry to be deleted from a full Call Log whena new item is logged, so that the new log entry can be stored. For

more information, see Call Log. : Cancel

Background Allows you to listen to music (provided by your office) throughM u s i c your telephone speaker when you are not on a call.

Cancel

Button Inquiry Checks what is programmed on any button. Use this feature whenlabeling memory buttons.

Call Log P r o g r a m s a p a s s w o r d f o r y o u r C a l l L o g . T o r e m o v e t h e p a s s w o r d ,Password see your System Coordinator.

Class Overrides the Class of Service on a telephone to allow you toS e r v i c e make a call from that telephone. The Class of Service determines

which numbers you can dial. Switch from one Class of Service toanother using this feature code and a password provided by yourSystem Coordinator.

Contrast Adjusts the contrast of your telephone display. Press through (depending on your telephone).

Dialing Modes Changes the on-hook Dialing Modes. The three Dialing Modes are:Automatic Dial: If you have a Prime line, dial a telephone numberwithout pressing a line button. A line is selected automatically.

Pre-Dial: Dial a telephone number. Edit it by pressing orthe left side of Press a line button to place the call.Standard Dial: Press a line button, then dial a telephone number.

Do Not Disturb Prevents incoming calls from ringing at your telephone.Cancel

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 224: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

166 Compact Telephone Feature Card

LanguageChoice

S e l e c t s t h e E n g l i s h l a n g u a g e f o r t h e t e l e p h o n e d i s p l a y . S e l e c t s t h e a l t e r n a t e l a n g u a g e f o r t h e t e l e p h o n e d i s p l a y .

Moving LineButtons

C h a n g e s t h e p o s i t i o n o f a l i n e b u t t o n . R e m e m b e r t o s w i t c h t h ebutton caps after the line button is moved. Lines cannot be moved

to positions occupied by , or buttons. This feature is not available on the M7100 Telephone.

C a l l L o g

t y p e o f c a l l s t h a t w i l l b e a u t o m a t i c a l l y s t o r e d i n y o u r,

Programming External Autodial: Stores a line (optional) and an externalmemory telephone number onto a memory button for one-button access

buttons to that number.Internal Autodial: Stores an internal telephone number onto amemory button for one-button access to that telephone number.

Program Features: Stores a feature onto a memory button forone-button access to that feature.

(Intercom], or cannot be programmed.

Ring Type

Programming a 1. Press (Feature (For M7100 Telephones, go to step 3.)2. Press the memory button you want to program.3. Enter the feature code of the feature you want to program.4, If you entered the Line Pool feature code in step 3, enter the access code for a line pool.

Selects a distinctive ring to help differentiate between yourtelephone and others nearby. Enter the feature code and press

or through to select the new Ring Type. Press or to store the new ring.

Ring Volume Makes your telephone ring so you can adjust the volume, evenwhile vou are on a call.

Run/Stop When using the External programming feature, inserts abreak point between two or more numbers stored on a memorybutton. Press the memory button once to dial the first number; asecond time to dial the second number, and so on.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 225: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Compact DR5 Telephone Feature 167

rams a Dial code (from 71 to 94).

Programming a Personal Speed code:1. Press [Feature to enter Personal Speed Dial codes.2. Enter a two-digit code (from 71 to 94).

3 . To line as part of the Speed Dial code, press a line button or a line pool3 . To line as part of the Speed Dial code, press a line button or a line poolb u t t o n .b u t t o n .

Enter the to be assigned to that Telephone numbers cannot Enter the to be assigned to that Telephone numbers cannotexceed 24 digits, exceed 24 digits,

5.5. Press or to finish programming,Press or to finish programming,

Voice Prevents your telephone from receiving Voice Calls, permits only , ordinary ringing calls.

Cancel

L i n k Gene ra tes a L i nk s i gna l ( a l so ca l l ed f l a sh o r r eca l l ) on an ac t i ve line to access other systems or carriers.

Pause When programmed in an External sequence, inserts a1.5second delay in a number being dialed.

Far Pulse and Tone DialingFor Pulse Dialing only

Release qW h e n p r o g r a m m e d a t t h e e n d o f a n E x t e r n a l s e q u e n c e ,

performs the same function as

Timed Generates a longer Link signal (1.5 seconds) on an active line.Release Use this feature when you want to release a call on your line but

retain the use of the line for another call.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 226: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

168 Compact Telephone Feature Card

Call DurationTimer

Briefly displays the length of your current call. If your telephone isidle, the length of your most recent call is displayed.

Call Log O p e n s y o u r C a l l L o g t o v i e w s t o r e d c a l l e r i n f o r m a t i o n . T h e C a l lLog displays use special characters.

A new item in the Call Log is underlined.

Answered calls are identified.Long distance calls are jdentified.The displayed information has been truncated.

Call Log is only available if you have subscribed to Call Display services from yourlocal telephone company.

your Call Log:1. Navigate to the appropriate log item, and display the number.2. Edit the number, if required. The leading digits may need to be trimmed, or digits may

need to be added for Long Distance or line pool access. See your System Coordinator.3. Press a line button.4. Lift the receiver.

Message Reply to Message: Review your list of external and internaldisplay messages, and return calls.Cancel

Send Message: Leave a message on a co-worker’s telephonedisplay to call you back.Cancel

Page Allows you to make announcements through either the internal orexternal speakers, or both. Enter the feature code, the page code(1 for internal, 2 for external, or 3 for both), and the zone (0 to 3).

External: Allows you to make announcements through youroffice’s loudspeaker system (if connected).

[Feature] Allows you to make announcements throughboth your telephone speakers and your office’sloudspeaker system. Enter the feature code, and the zone (0 to 3).Internal (Zone): Allows you to make announcements, through the

telephone speakers, to a group of telephones.Enter the feature code, and the zone (0 to 3). 0 pages all zones.

Service Modes Activates one of up to three different telephone answeringoptions, eliminating the need to forward all your calls. Only anassigned Control Telephone can turn ON Service Modes. See yourSystem Coordinator.Cancel

Show Time Briefly displays the date and the time.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 227: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Compact DR5 Telephone Feature Card

Call Forward Sends your calls to another telephone in your system.C a n c e l

R e - r o u t e s a c a l l t o a n o t h e r t e l e p h o n e e v e n i f a l l i t s l i n e s

Call B r i e f l y d i s p l a y s t h e n a m e , n u m b e r a n d l i n e n a m e o f a r i n g i n g o rheld call. Press or repeatedly to cycle through thethree displays of information.

Note: Names and numbers for external callers are displayed only if you have subscribed toCall Display services from your local telephone company.

Call Park Automatically puts a call on hold so that it can be retrieved fromany telephone in your system. The display shows aretrieval code, 101 or 102.Call Park Retrieval: Answers a parked call from any telephone inyour system by pressing [Intercom) and dialing theretrieval code. On the M7100 Telephone, dial just the retrievalcode. The retrieval code is made up of a programmable Call Parkprefix (0 to followed by a call number (01 or 02).

Conference Setting up a three person call:1. Make or answer the first call:

2. Put the first call on hold.3. Make or answer the second call.4. Press (or press if programmed).5. Press the line button of the first held call. (This step is not required on the

Telephone.)6. Press to end the conference.

a speak privately to one of the callers, or to drop one call and stayconnected to another, or to hold both parties as separate calls, you must first split theconference.1. Press the line button for one of the calls. The other call is put on hold. To re-establish

the conference, press

Removing yourself from the conference temporarily:1. Press the other two callers can still speak to each other.

Removing yourself from the conference permanently:1. Press (or if programmed). The other two parties remain

connected.Note: This type of transfer is supported only if one of the two remaining parties is internal.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 228: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Compact Telephone Feature Card

Do Not Disturb Blocks an alerting Priority Call on your telephone.

Exclusive Hold or Temporarily suspends an external call and prevents other telephones from picking it up.

Exclusive Hold Retrieval: Press of the held call.(Press on the M7100 Telephone.)

GroupListening

A l l o w s y o u t o u s e b o t h t h e r e c e i v e r a n d y o u r s p e a k e r a t t h e s a m etime while you are on a call. Use the Mute feature on the

button to disable the telephone microphone. If youexperience feedback, turn the volume down, and before hangingup, press Cancel

Privacy

S to re ca l l e r i n f o rma t i on f o r t he cu r ren t ac t i ve ca l l i n you r Ca l l Log .

Names and numbers for external callers are displayed only if you have subscribed toCall Display services from your local telephone company.

When Privacy is ON, other users with the same line areprevented from joining your current external call. If Privacy isOFF, other users with the same line can join in on yourexternal call by pressing that line button. Enter the feature code asecond time to restore the original setting.

Sends a call to another telephone in your system.

Using Transfer1. Make or answer a call.2. Press (or if programmed).3. Dial an internal telephone number.4. If you wish, you can announce the call after the called party answers.5. Press or JOIN.

The call is immediately transferred.

If an external call is transferred to a busy internal line, or not answered after a fewrings, the call automatically rings you back and the display indicates that the line wasbusy or that no one answered.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 229: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Compact DR5 Telephone Feature Card 1 7 1

Call Pickup (Feature]

,

Directed Pickup: Answers a selected telephone in your system.Group Pickup: Answers a call that is ringing at another telephonein the same pickup group. The external call that has been ringinglongest is answered first.Trunk Answer: Answers an call that is ringing on a linethat has been placed into Service Modes from any telephone inthe system. This feature does not work on private lines.

Q u e u i n g A nswers a call when several calls arrive at the same time. Theexternal call that has been ringing longest is answered first.

Last Number Automatically redials the last external telephone number that youRedial dialed. This feature is available on the memory button

on most telephones.

Line Pools Telephones can share several external lines for making outgoingcalls without requiring each telephone to have a button for everyline.

U s i n g a L i n e P o o l :1. Press and dial the Line Pool access code for one of the Line Pools assigned

to your telephone, or press (if programmed).2, If you are using a line pool which connects you to the network, dial the telephone

number of the person you want to call.If you are using a line pool which automatically connects you to a other than

follow the procedure for using that system. Ask your System Coordinator if youneed help.

Note: See your System Coordinator for your Line Pool access code.

Priority Call Interrupts a call at another telephone, or overrides Do Not Disturbat a telephone. See your System Coordinator.

Ring Again When another telephone or Line Pool within the system isbusy, Ring Again signals you to call back when the telephone orLine Pool becomes available.Cancel q

Saved Number qRedial

When you are active on a call, this feature stores the externaltelephone number of a call you have dialed. When you are notactive on a call. this feature redials the number oreviouslv stored.

Speed Dial Dials the number stored for a Speed Dial code. After entering thefeature code, enter the two-digit Speed Dial code (01 to 94) forthe number you want.

Voice Call Begin a conversation through the speaker of another telephonewithout first making the other telephone ring. To answer a VoiceCall, pick up the receiver, or press

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 230: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

172 Prime Telephone Card

is a PrimeTelephone?

A Prime Telephone can be any Meridian telephone that has beenassigned to provide a backup answering service for incoming external calls.An external call rings at a Prime Telephone when the call is not answered atany other telephones with that call’s line appearance,

A Prime Telephone can be any one of the following:

l any telephonel an M7310 telephone with a Busy Lamp Field (BLF)l an M7324 telephone with Central Answering Position (CAP) modules.

Your role in As the assigned Prime Telephone operator, you are responsible foroperating a Prime answering unanswered external calls. You are alerted to these calls when

Telephone your telephone display shows you a descriptive message, the line indicator flashes, and the call rings.

After answering a call, you may take a message or redirect the call to anothertelephone.

Who assigns the Check with your System Coordinator to determine which external lines haveexternal lines for my been assigned for backup answering and which of those lines ring at your

Prime Telephone? Prime Telephone. To help you do your job well, your Coordinator shouldprovide a list of names and numbers associated with each internal telephoneand external line, and a list of System Speed Dial names and numbers. YourCoordinator can also tell you which features have been assigned to yourtelephone.

Meridian and are trademarks of Northern Telecom.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 231: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Prime Telephone User Card 173

When do I answer a You answer a call if:call? someone within the system calls you. You hear the internal ring

(two quick rings followed by a longer pause), and an indicator flashesbeside one of your telephone’s Intercom buttons.

an external call comes directly to your Prime Telephone. You hear theexternal ring, and an indicator flashes beside one of your telephone’s

external line buttons. a call is redirected to your Prime Telephone from somewhere else within thesystem. You hear an internal ring, an external ring, or the Camp-On tone(two quick beeps), and you see a message on the display of your telephone.

You do not answer the call if your Prime Telephone does not ring.

How do I answer a If you want a line to be automatically selected:call? 1, Pick up the receiver or press (if assigned).

ORIf you want to manually answer a line:

Press the line button with a slow flashing indicator 2. Pick up the receiver if you want the Handsfree microphone OFF.

A fast flashing indicator shows that a line is on hold.

Handling more than When you have more than one call arriving at your telephone, the Callone call at once Queuing feature allows you to answer each of the waiting calls by

automatically selecting the next call for you.

Use Call Queuing when you are on a call and a new call alerts you by ringingat your telephone, or by sending Call Queuing tones.

1. Pick up the receiver to answer the first call.2. Press or the Call Queuing button if programmed.

The call you were on is automatically put on hold and the new call isanswered.

3. To return to a previous call:Press the external line button of the call on hold.

4. Continue to answer incoming calls.5. Press when yau are finished with the call you are on,

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

.

Page 232: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Redirecting callsusing displaymessages

The display messages which appear on your Prime Telephone for redirectedinternal calls should help you to understand why those calls were passed toyour Prime Telephone. This information is useful when you need to decidewhat to do with the call once it has been answered.

The following table lists some example display messages that could appear ona Prime Telephone when you receive redirected calls:

Held Karen holds a call for too long.

J O H N DND The call you transferred is returned to youbecause the telephone is in Do Not Disturbmode.

DRT Line02 Delayed Ring Transfer redirects anunanswered call on line 02.

L i n e 0 1 t o p r i m e A call on line 01 cannot ring elsewhere.

A call on line 03 was forwarded or routed toJanet, but was not answered.

L i n e 0 4 c a l l back A transferred, camped, or parked call online 04 was returned to the originator usingthe Callback feature, but was not answered.

The Held Line Reminder message d is repeated periodically afterthe first message d appears. This message is accompaniedby the same tone used with the Camp-On feature (two quick beeps).

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 233: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Prime Telephone User Card 175

Your options You have just answered a call for someone else. What do you do next?

You can:. , Transfer the call to another telephone within or outside of the system.

O RCamp the on another telephone.

Park the call and page someone to pick it up.ORTake a message.

Transferring theactive call

To another telephone:

1. Check whether the telephone to which you want to transfer is already busy: Is there an indicator beside the Internal button for the othertelephone? If you have a is the indicator ON for the other telephone?

2. Transfer the call using one of these four methods:*Transfer with Announcement you first talk on the telephone to the

person to whom you want to transfer the call.*Transfer without Announcement you immediately transfer the call

talking to the caller.l Establish a conference call.l Transfer using hold.

Do not forget that you can use programmed buttons on your telephone and CAP module (if installed) to select a telephone.

To a telephone outside the system:

1. Call the person to whom you wish to transfer the call.2. Establish a conference with the two parties.3. Drop out of the conference using

At least one of the remaining parties must be internal.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 234: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

176 Prime Telephone User Card

Camping the call If the telephone you want to transfer the call to is busy on anothercall, you may want to camp the call on that telephone. The person receivingthe camped call will hear Camp-On tones (two quick beeps).

1. Press or the Camp-On button (if programmed).2. Dial the Extension number of the other telephone or press its Internal

button if programmed.

Announcing theactive call

You are trying to pass calls you have answered to co-workers who are not attheir telephones. Using the Page feature, you can announce the calls over the

telephones, an external loudspeaker, or both. A co-worker hearing anannouncement can answer the call from the nearest telephone.

you want your to the from a specific telephone:

1. Place the call on hold.2. Using the Page feature, announce the call and the location of the telephone

to which you will transfer the call.3. Transfer the call to the appropriate telephone.

O R

Camp the call on the appropriate telephone.4. Replace your receiver.

you want your co-worker to take the call on a specific line:

1. Place the call on hold.2. Use the Page feature to announce the call and its line number.3. Replace the receiver.

Your co-worker can now go to the nearest telephone that has thatline, select the line, and lift the receiver.

you want your co-worker to take the call from any telephone:

1. Use the Call Park feature to place the call on hold. Your telephone shows athree-digit Call Park Retrieval code on the display.

2. Use the Page feature to announce the call and the Call Park Retrieval code.3. Replace your receiver.

Your co-worker can now retrieve the call from any other telephoneby lifting the receiver and dialing the three-digit code.

Note: Remember that callback (the call is redirected back to your PrimeTelephone) occurs if your transferred, parked, or camped call goesunanswered.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 235: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Prime Telephone User Card 177

Informing yourco-workers abouttheir calls

Use the Send Message feature to notify co-workers that they should call youfor information.

If the person you are trying to call is on another line, or their telephone has DoNot Disturb ON, a display message shows you that their telephone is busy. Ifthe person you are trying to call does not answer, a display message informsyou that there is no reply. In each case, you can use the Ring Again feature.

The Ring Again feature is a method of ensuring that you immediately knowwhen there is a change in the use of the other telephone. You can then tryagain to place a call.

Working with otherfeatures

Some of the many special features which provides may be particularlyuseful to you. Some of these features, however, are only available if assignedduring Configuration or Administration programming. Speak to your SystemCoordinator to determine which features you can use, and to obtain details onhow to use them.

Answer Group: You can immediately answer and monitor a specific group of telephones, for example, your managers’, using Answer buttons.

Automatic Handsfree: If programmed, you can use the Handsfreemicrophone and speaker for all your calls.

Call Pickup Directed: Anyone in the office can answer a call ringing at anyother telephone by dialing that telephone’s Extension number.

Call Pickup Group: Any member of a specified group can answer an externalor internal call ringing at another telephone within that specified group.

Direct-Dial Telephone: If your Prime Telephone is administered as a Dial telephone, anyone assigned to your Direct Dial telephone can quicklycontact you by dialing an assigned single-digit number.

Hotline: A telephone may be programmed to automatically dial yourPrime Telephone as soon as its receiver has been lifted.

Page Zone: If you do not want to disturb the entire office with anannouncement, you can direct the page to a choice of smaller areas.

Priority Call: If you have answered an urgent call for someone who is busyon another line, you can interrupt the person with this feature.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 236: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Prime Telephone User Card

Some uniquesituations

If an external call comes to you, and you do not have a button representingthe line the call is on, the indicator for that call will appear next to anyavailable Intercom button on your telephone.

If your Prime Telephone receives a callback call, you will hear the ringinstead of the External ring.

The Held Line Reminder or the Delayed Ring Transfer feature is not availableunless assigned during Configuration programming.

If you are using all of your external line buttons and Intercom buttons, youcan still receive a camped call (you will hear two quick beeps).

If your Prime Telephone is an M7324 telephone, you can monitor the busy/notbusy status of other telephones. Check for the presence or absenceof indicators beside the Internal buttons for the other telephones.

Where to get help To learn more about and its features, the System Coordinator canprovide you with the following documents:

The Telephone User Cards show you how to:

make a external call make an internal call put a call on holduse

program memory buttons.

The Feature Card lists the feature codes and describes the features.

The Busy Lamp (BLF) User Card describes how to use the BusyLamp Field.

The Central Answering Position (CAP) User Card describes how touse Central Answering Position modules.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 237: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

M7100 User Card 179

Release buttoncancels active calls.Displayshows the time, date, call information and guides youwhile using features.Memory buttonis programmable to store a feature or toautomatically dial internal or externat

Dial padFeature buttonstarts or ends a feature.Volume control

Button inquiry Confirm that your memory button has the correct snap-on cap by checking itsprogramming.1. Release all calls and open lines with dial tone.2. Press .3. Read the display.4, Press when finished.

Adjusting display 1. Press .

contrast 2. Press to for the level you want.

Selecting a ring type 1. Press

and volume 2. Press or to hear the different types of rings.3. While the telephone is ringing, press to adjust the volume.4. Press to store the ring.s o f t e r louder

Adjusting receiver or 1. Press when using the receiver or the speaker.telephone speaker softer louder

volume

Meridian and are trademarks of Northern Telecom.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 238: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Internal calls 1. Pick up the receiver.2. Dial the internal number.

External calls 1. Pick up the receiver.2. Dial (or your system’s external line access code).

Dial the external telephone number.

Note: Internal numbers and the external access code are supplied by yourSystem Coordinator.

Making and The M7100 telephone allows you to have two calls active at the same time.answering a second By using you can switch between calls.

callTo answer a second ca l l wh i le on ano ther ca l l1. Press to put the first call on hold.

The second automatically comes onto the line.

To hold a cal l and make a second cal l1. Press to put the first call on hold.2. Dial the telephone number for the second call.

To return to the first 1. Press again to return to the first call on hold.

The second call is automatically put on hold.

To ho ld a ca l l1. Press [Hold] .2. Press again to return to the call on hold.

Check the display for confirmation or additional information.

S v s t e m C o o r d i n a t o r G u i d e

Page 239: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

User Card 181

About them e m o r y b u t t o n

The memory button can store atelephone number or featurecode to give you one touchdialing or feature activation. Youcan change the memory button

by programming it with a newnumber or feature code.

Memory button

Press to check the memory button.

Programmingmemory buttons

E x t e r n a l If you are on a call or an open line with dial tone, press

2.3.4.5.

or Press

.Dial the external number.Press to store the number.Label your new button.

Internal 1. If you are on a call or an open line with dial tone, press

2. Press 3. Dial the internal number.4. Label your new button.

Features1. If you are on a call or an open line with dial tone, press [Hold]

2. Press (Feature 3. Press [Feature) and the feature code.4, Label your new button.

Erasing memory buttons1. If you are on a call or an open line with dial tone, press or 2. Press 3. Press to erase the button.

C o m p a c t D R 5 S y s t e m C o o r d i n a t o r G u i d e

Page 240: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

182 M7208 User Card

Display time, date, call information and guides you

while using features.

Indicatorsappear beside active lines and features.

Feature buttonstarts or ends a feature.

and line buttonsare buttons with indicators for onetouch dialing, feature operation or lineaccess.

Button Inquiry Confirm that your memory and line buttons have the correct snap-on caps bychecking their programming.1. Release ail calls and open lines with dial tone.2. Press 3. Press the button you want to check.4. Read the display.5. Press when finished.

Adjusting displaycontrast

1. Press 2. Press a number on the dial pad for the contrast level you want, the higher

the number the higher the contrast level.

Selecting a RingType and volumelevel

1. Press .2. Press or q to hear the different types of rings.3. While the telephone is ringing, press to adjust the volume.4. Press to store the ring. louder

Adjusting receiver or when using the receiver or the speaker.telephone speaker softer louder

volume

Meridian and are trademarks of Northern Telecom.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 241: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

M7208 User Card 183

About line buttons systems can have different types of line buttons. Match the linebuttons on your telephone with the ones below for instructions on how to usethem.

[ L i n e ]

Internal calls using Intercom External calls using numbered Line1. Pick up the receiver. buttons2, If appears beside an Intercom 1. Pick up the receiver.

button, then dial. 2. When appears beside aOR numbered Line button, then dial.Press an Intercom button without OR

then dial. Press a numbered Line buttonwithout then dial.

Note: Internal numbers are supplied by your System Coordinator.

Internal calls using extensionbuttons1. Pick up the receiver.2. When appears beside an

extension button, then dial.

External calls using extensionbuttons1. Pick up the receiver.2. When appears beside the

extension button, dial (or your system’s external lineaccess code) and the number.

Holding Calls1. Press . The beside the line on hold.2. Press the line button with the flashing to return to the call.

Check the display for confirmation or additional information.Automatic holdCalls are put on hold automatically when you switch from one line to another.

This button operates the telephone’s built-in microphone and speaker in placeof the receiver. Your System Coordinator can program Handsfree to yourt e l e p h o n e .Making calls1. Press instead of picking up the receiver.Switching between Handsfree and handset1. Press and replace the handset to switch to Handsfree.2. Pick up the receiver to switch back.

Using Mute1. Press to turn the microphone OFF.2. Press again to turn the microphone ON.

Dialing withoutlifting the handset

1. Press a line button without then dial your call.2. When answered, pick up the receiver, or press .3. If the call is not answered, or the line is busy, press

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 242: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

About memorybuttons

Memory buttons are the buttonswith indicators other than line orHandsfree buttons. Memorybuttons store telephone numbersor feature codes to give you onetouch dialing or feature activation.You can change what a memorybutton does by just programmingit with a new number or feature.You cannot program a line orHandsfree button.

to check a memory or line button,

Programmingmemory buttons

External 1. If you are on a call or an open line with dial tone, press or 2. Press (Feature 3. Press a memory button.4. Dial the external number.5. Press to store the number.6. Label your new button.

Internal If you are on a call or an open line with dial tone, press

2. Press 3. Press a memory button.4. Dial the internal number.5. Label your new button.

Features you are on a call or an open line with dial tone, press or

2. Press 3. Press a memory button.4. Press [Feature] and the feature code.5. Label your new button.

Erasing memory If you are on a call or an open line with dial tone, press or .

2. Press 3. Press the memory button you want to erase.4. Press to erase the button.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 243: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

buttonfor using the top function of a dual-memory button, 1Displayshows time, date, call information and guides you while using features.

lower line of the display is reserved for display button instructions. buttons

store any two features and/or numbers,,Display buttonsFeature buttonstarts cancels a feature.Release buttoncancels active calls.Hold buttonDial padMemory and line buttons‘are buttons with indicators forone touch dialing, feature ,operation or line access.Volume controlIndicatorsappear beside active lines and features.

Using displayb u t t o n s

Display buttons change with each feature you use.The labels for display buttons appear in capitalletters directly above them on the second line ofthe dispiay. A display button with an “OK” labelabove it is represented as OK in this card.‘

Button inquiry Confirm that your memory and line buttons have the correct snap-on caps bychecking their programming.

Release all calls or open lines with dial tone.2, Press .3. Press the button(s) you want to check and read the display.4. Press when finished.

Adjusting displaycontrast

Press .2. Press or DOWN for the level you want.3. Press when finished.

Selecting a ring type 1. Press and volume level 2. Press , q , or to hear the different types of rings.

3. While the telephone is ringing, press to adjust the volume.4. Press to store the ring. softer louder

Meridian and are trademarks of Northern

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 244: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

186 User Card

. I ,

About line buttons Nor-star systems can have different types of line buttons. Match the linebuttons on your telephone with the ones below for instructions on how to use

t h e m .

Internal calls using Intercom buttons calls using numbered Line Pick up the receiver. b u t t o n s

2. If appears beside an Intercom, button, then dial.

1. up the receiver.

OR2. When appears beside a

numbered Line button, then dial.Press an Intercom button without

then dial. Press a numbered Line buttonwithout then dial.

Internal numbers are supplied by your System Coordinator.

Internal calls using extension External calls using extension buttons buttons

1. Pick up the receiver. Pick up the receiver.2. When appears beside an 2. When appears beside the

extension button, then dial. extension button, then dial q(or your system’s external lineaccess code) and the number.

Holding Calls1. Press . The beside the line on hold.2. Press the line button with the flashing to return to the call.

Check the display for confirmation or additional information,

Automatic holdCalls are put on hold automatically when you switch from one line to another.

This button operates the telephone’s built-in microphone and speaker in placeof the receiver. Your System Coordinator can program Handsfree to yourtelephone.

Making calls1. Press instead of picking up the receiver.

Switching between Handsfree and handset Press and replace the handset to switch to Handsfree.

2. Pick up the receiver to switch back.

Using MutePress to turn the microphone OFF.

2. Press again to turn the microphone ON.

Dialing withoutlifting the handset

1. Pressaline button without then dial your call.2. When answered, pick up the receiver, or press 3. If the call is not answered, or the line is busy, press

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 245: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

User Card 187

About memorybuttons

There are two types of memorybuttons: single-memory and memory. Memory buttons storetelephone numbers or featurecodes to give you one touchdialing or feature activation.

Dual-memory buttonsTo use the bottom function, pressthe dual-memory button.To use the top function, press theshift button, then press the memory button.

Sing/e-memory buttonsSingle-memory buttons are thebuttons with indicators other thanline or Handsfree buttons.

Remember.- Press to check a memory or line button.

Programmingmemory buttons

External Internal 1. If you are on a call or an open line 1. If you are on a call or an open line

with dial tone, press with dial tone, press [Hold]or or

2. Press 3. Press a memory button.4. Dial the external number.5. Press to store the number.6. Label your new button.

2. Press [Feature) 3. Press a memory button.4. Dial the internal number.5. Label your new button.

Features Erasing memory buttons1. If you are on a call or an open line 1. If you are on a call or an open line

with dial tone, press with dial tone, press or or .

2. Press . 2. Press 3. Press a memory button. 3. Press the memory button you4. Press and the feature want to erase.

code. 4. Press to erase the button.5. Label your new button.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 246: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Memory and line buttonsare buttons with indicators for one touch dialing, feature operation orline access.

Displayshows the time, date, call information and guidesyou while using features. The lowerline of the display is reserved for displaybutton instructions.

Display buttons

Dial pad

Volume control

Feature button

appear beside active lines and features.

Using displaybuttons

Display buttons change with each feature youuse. The labels for display buttons appear incapital letters directly above them on thesecond line of the display. A display buttonwith an “OK” label above it is represented asOK in this card.

Contrast level 2

Button inquiry Confirm that your memory and line buttons have the correct snap-on caps bychecking their programming.1. Release all calls or open lines with dial tone.2. Press 3. Press the button(s) you want to check and read the display.4. Press when finished.

Adjusting displaycontrast

1. Press 2. Press or DOWN for the level you want.3. Press when finished.

Selecting a ring type 1. Press and volume level 2. Press , , or to hear the different types of rings.

3. While the telephone is ringing, press to adjust the volume.4. Press OK to store the ring. softer louder

Meridian and are trademarks of Northern Telecom.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 247: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

M7324 User Card 189

About line buttons systems can have different types of line buttons. Match the linebuttons on your telephone with the ones below for instructions on how to usethem.

Internal calls using Intercom buttons External calls using numbered Line1. Pick up the receiver. buttons2. If appears beside an Intercombutton, then dial.

1. Pick up the receiver.

OR2. When appears beside a

Intercom button withoutnumbered Line button, then dial.OR

then dial. Press a numbered Line buttonwithout then dial.

Internal numbers are supplied by your system coordinator.

Internal calls using extensionbuttons1. Pick up the receiver.2. When appears beside an

extension button, then dial.

External calls extensionbuttons1. Pick up the receiver.2. When appears beside the

extension button, then dial (oryour system’s external line accesscode) and the number.

Calls1. Press The f lashes beside the l ine on hold.2. Press the line button with the flashing to return to the call.

Check the display for confirmation or additional information.

Automatic holdCalls are put on hold automatically when you switch from one line to another.

This button operates the telephone’s built-in microphone and speaker in placeof the receiver. Your System Coordinator can program Handsfree to yourtelephone.

Making calls1. Press instead of picking up the receiver.

between Handsfree and handset1. Press and replace the handset to switch to Handsfree.2. Pick up the receiver to switch back.

Mute1. Press to turn the microphone OFF.2. Press again to turn the microphone ON.

Dialing withoutlifting the handset

1. Press a line button without then dial your call.2. When answered, pick up the receiver, or press 3. If the call is not answered, or the line is busy, press

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 248: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

About buttons

Memory buttons are the buttonswith indicators other than line orHandsfree buttons. Memorybuttons store telephone numbersor feature codes to give you onetouch dialing or feature activation.You can change what a memorybutton does by just programmingit with a new number or feature.

If you have programmed amemory button with an internalnumber the indicator comes onwhen the number is busy.

Press to check a memory or line button.

Programmingmemory buttons

E x t e r n a l 1. If you are on a call or an open line with dial tone, or 2. Press 3. Press a memory button.4. Dial the external number.5. Press to store the number.6. Label your new button.

I n t e r n a l 1. If you are on a call or an open line with dial tone, press or 2. Press 3. Press a memory button.4. Dial the internal number.5. Label your new button.

F e a t u r e s1. If you are on a call or an open line with dial tone, press or 2. Press 3. Press a memory button.4. Press and the feature code.5. Label your new button.

E r a s i n g m e m o r y b u t t o n sIf you are on a call or an open line with dial tone, press or

2 . Press .3. Press the memory button you want to erase.4. Press to erase the button.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 249: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Access code: A sequence ofcharacters used to gain entry

any type of systemprogramming.

, Administration: A program thatlets one person in your office(the System Coordinator) assignand maintain certain settings onthe system.

Administration access code:A code required to accessAdministration programming.You may be asked for anAdministration password.

Administration password: Aone- to six-digit password thatprevents unauthorized accessto Administration programming.The Administration passwordcan be assigned and changedin Administration programming.

Analog Terminal Adapter A device that permits the

connection of analogtelecommunication devicessuch as FAX machines,answering machines, and singleline telephones to the system. Programmed defaultsfor the are automaticallyassigned by the system.

Answer button: A telephonebutton with an indicator that isused to monitor anothertelephone. The Answer buttonindicates incoming callsdestined for the othertelephone. Someone working ata telephone with Answerbuttons (a receptionist, forexample) can receive all ringingand visual indication ofincoming calls for othertelephones, and answer thosecalls when necessary.One telephone can have up tofour Answer buttons. An Answerbutton is automatically assignedto a telephone when thattelephone is assigned anAnswer DN.

Answer DN: A DirectoryNumber (DN) of a telephonethat is monitored by an Answerbutton. Up to four Answer can be assigned to a telephoneby the Customer Servicerepresentative.

Auto Bumping: A setting thatdetermines what the systemdoes with new Call Log itemswhen your Call Log is full. WhenAuto Bumping is ON, a new logentry causes the oldest entry tobe deleted. If Auto Bumping isOFF, your system doesnot log calls when your log isfull.

button: A memorybutton that, if programmed,provides one-touch dialing ofexternal or internal numbers.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Brandon Hunt
Page 250: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

192 Glossary

Dial: A feature thatallows you to dial without havingto pick up the receiver or selecta line. You must have a Primeline to use Automatic Dial.

BBackground Music: A featurethat lets you hear music fromthe speaker of your telephone. It is available only ifa music source has beenattached to the KSU and thefeature has been enabled byyour Customer Servicerepresentative.

Automatic Handsfree: Afeature that automaticallyactivates Handsfree operationwhen you make or answer acall. Automatic Handsfree isassigned in Administrationprogramming.

Automatic Hold: A feature thatautomatically places an activecall on hold when you selectanother line. Automatic Hold isprogrammed by your CustomerService representative.

Automatic Privacy: SeePrivacy.

Automatic TelephoneRelocation: A feature that lets atelephone retain its personaland system programming whenit is plugged into a different

modular jack. Automatictelephone relocation is enabledby your Customer Servicerepresentative.

Auxiliary ringer: A separateexternal telephone ringer or bellthat can be programmed to ringwhen a line or a telephonerings. An auxiliary ringer may beprogrammed to ring only whenthe system is in a particularservice mode. Programming ofan auxiliary ringer is done inAdministration programmingafter the feature has beenenabled by your CustomerService representative.

Busy Lamp Field (BLF): Adevice with a liquid crystaldisplay (LCD) panel ofindicators that shows the statusof up to 24 telephones in the

system. The BLF showsa telephone as busy if it isactive on a call, has Do NotDisturb turned ON, or is beingused for programming. The BLFattaches to the M7310Telephone.

Button caps: Interchangeableplastic caps that fit over thebuttons of telephones.They are used to indicate thefeatures programmed onto eachprogrammable memory button.Button caps are eitherpre-printed or have clearwindows that allow you to labelthe buttons.

Button Inquiry: A feature thatallows you to check the functionof each programmable buttonon your telephone.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 251: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Glossary 193

Restrictions: A settingthat allow@ you to override anyCall Restrictions applied tospecific System Speed Dialnumbers. Bypass Restrictionscan be turned on in

programming.

Call Forward: A feature thatforwards all the calls arriving atyour telephone to anothertelephone in your system.

Call Forward No Answer: Afeature that forwards all callsarriving at your telephone toanother designated telephone inyour system after aspecific number of rings. CallForward No Answer is assignedin Administration programming.

Call On Busy: Afeature that forwards all calls atyour telephone to anotherdesignated telephone if yourtelephone is busy. This featureis assigned in Administrationprogramming.

Call Forward Override:A feature that allows you to callsomeone and ask them to stopforwarding their calls to you.

Call Inforniation: thatallows you to display’information about incomingcalls. For external calls, you candisplay the caller’s name,telephone number and the linename. For an internal call, youcan display the name of thecaller and their internal number,You can obtain informationabout ringing, answered, or heldcalls.

Call Log: A feature thataccesses a record of incomingcalls. The log could contain thefollowing information for eachcall: sequence number in theCall Log, name and number ofcaller, long distance indication,indication if the call wasanswered, time and date of thecall, number of repeated callsfrom the same source, andname of the line that the callcame in on. See Auto Bumping,Enter Call Log, andLogging Options for furtherinformation.

Call Park: A feature that allowsyou to place a call on hold sothat someone can retrieve itfrom any other telephone in the

system by selecting aninternal line and entering aretrieval code. The retrievalcode appears on the display ofyour telephone when you parkthe call. You can park up to ninecalls on the system at one time.

Call Park Callback: SeeCallback.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 252: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

194 Glossary

Call Park prefix: The first digitof the retrieval code of a parkedcall. This cannot conflictwith the of any existing

Line Pool access codes,the Direct-dial digit, or theexternal line access code. Thedefault Call Park prefix digit is

It may be set to none, inwhich case Call Park isdisabled. Call Park prefix isassigned by your CustomerService representative.

Camp-On: A feature that letsyou re-route a call to atelephone even if all the lines onthat telephone are busy. Toanswer a camped call, use CallQueuing or select a line if thecamped call appears on yourtelephone. Priority is given toqueued calls over camped calls.

Call Pickup Directed: A featurethat lets you answer a callringing at any telephoneby entering the internal numberof that telephone before takingthe call. Call Pickup Directed isactivated by your CustomerService representative.

Call Pickup Group: See PickupGroup.

Call Queuing: A feature thatallows you to answer calls inorder of priority if you haveseveral calls waiting at yourtelephone. Priority is given toexternal incoming calls, followedby callback and camped calls.

Callback: A feature that returnsparked, camped or transferredcalls to your telephone if theyare not answered at anothertelephone. How long the system

wait before Callback occursis set by your Customer Servicerepresentative.

Camp timeout: The length of adelay before a camped call isreturned to the telephone thatcamped the call. This delay isset by your Customer Servicerepresentative.

Capabilities: A section headingin Administration programming,that covers the dialing filters, setabilities, and line abilities thatcan be assigned to lines, telephones, or Class ofService passwords.

Class of Service (COS):A set of features andlines available to the user for acall. The Class of Service for acall is determined by the DialingFilters assigned to thetelephone in Administrationprogramming. The Class ofService for a call can bechanged by entering a six-digitClass of Service password.Class of Service and Class ofService passwords areassigned in Administrationprogramming.

Class of Service password: Asix-digit code that lets youswitch from your current Classof Service to one that lets youdial numbers prohibited by yourcurrent Class of Service.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 253: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

line to the line button and

Conference; A feature that

join in your conversation,

forming a conference. Normallyyour calls are private; no oneelse can pick up your line and

allows you establish a

join in.

three-person call at your telephone.

privacy: Afeature that allows you to turnprivacy OFF for a call allowinganother person with the same

Data terminal: A device, such as a modem; that can be used to transfer data instead of soundover a telephone network. Youcannot use programming to set up suchdevices. See the documentationthat accompanies the device.

Date: See Show Time or Timeand Date.

DCI: See Data CommunicationsInterface.

Contrast Adjustment: Afeature that allows you to setthe contrast level of yourtelephone display;

Control telephone: Atelephone that can place thelines for which it hasresponsibility in or out of aService Mode. A telephone isprogrammed as a Controltelephone and has linesassigned to it in Administrationprogramming.

COS: See Class of Service.

Cursor: A short horizontal linethat appears on the telephone display to indicatethat characters can be enteredusing the dial pad.

DData CommunicationsInterface: A device thatlets you attach an RS-232 datadevice to your system.

Defaults: The settings for all features when the

system is first installed. Settingsare changed from their defaultsin Administration programmingand by your Customer Servicerepresentative. In this manual,default settings are shown inbold text.

Delayed Ring Transfer (DRT)to Prime: A feature thattransfers an unanswered call onan external line to the PrimeTelephone associated with thatline after a specified number ofrings. This feature is activatedby your Customer Servicerepresentative.

Dial mode: The dialing mode ofa line can be either Tone orpulse. Pulse is traditionally usedby rotary dial telephones. Toneis also referred to as dual-tonemulti frequency (DTMF) tones.Dial mode can be programmedby your Customer Servicerepresentative.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 254: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Dialing filter: A feature thatprevents certain telephonenumbers from being dialedthrough a combination ofrestrictions and exceptions.Dialing filters can be applied tolines (line filters, to specific lineson a telephone (line/set filters},and to Class of Servicepasswords. The Compact system can handle upto 24 dialing filters.

1 9 6 Glossary

Direct-dial: A feature that letsyou dial a designated telephonein your system with asingle digit. Direct-dialtelephones are established inAdministration programming.Telephones are assigned to aDirect-dial telephone inAdministration programming.

Display button: One of threebuttons located directly beneaththe display on M7310 andM7324 Telephones. Duringfeature operation orprogramming, some or all ofthese buttons may be used toprovide further options. If anoption is available, it is shown inthe bottom line of the two-linedisplay, directly above thecorresponding display button.Display buttons are representedin this manual as underlinedcapitals, e.g.

Direct-dial number: A digitused system wide to call aDirect-dial telephone. The digitis programmed by yourCustomer Servicerepresentative.

Directed Pickup: See CallPickup Directed.

Directory Number (DN): Aunique number that isautomatically assigned to eachtelephone or data terminal. TheDN, also referred to as aninternal number, is often used toidentify a telephone whensettings are assigned duringprogramming.

Display: A liquid crystal display(LCD) on the telephonethat guides you through featureoperation and programming.

Display digits: A sub-headingin Administration programmingthat allows you set whether anassigned name or the actualnumber is displayed whensomeone uses a system speeddial code.

DN: See Directory Number.

DRT delay: The number ofrings before a Delayed RingTransfer occurs. This isassigned by your CustomerService representative.

DRT to Prime: See DelayedRing Transfer to Prime.

EEmergency Telephone: Asingle-line telephone (alsoreferred to as a telephone) that becomes activewhen there is no power to theKey Service Unit.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 255: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Glossary 197

Exceptions: Acomponent Dialing filter* Exceptions are numbers you can dial even ifthey are forbidden by a moregeneral Restriction. SeeRestrictions.

External call: A call to adestination outside the system.

External code: The numberyou dial to get an external line.The default is 9, but this can bechanged by your CustomerService representative. You donot always need an externalcode. It is primarily to supportthe Telephone andsingle-line telephones using anAnalog Terminal Adapter

External line: A line on your telephone used for

making calls to destinationsoutside the system.

External music source: SeeMusic source.

External paging: A feature youcan use to make voiceannouncements over anexternally-mounted loudspeakerconnected to the Key ServiceUnit. The external speaker isnot a component andmust be supplied by thecustomer.

Extra-dial telephone: Aheading in Administrationprogramming that allows you toassign an extra Direct-dialtelephone when a service modeis active. You can have oneExtra-dial telephone for each ofthe three service modes.

Feature button: A button thatactivates many featureswhen it is pressed and followedby a Feature code. The Featurebutton is also used to exit af e a t u r e .

Feature Cartridge: Areplaceable cartridge containingthe features. TheFeature Cartridge is insertedinto the Key Service Unit.

Feature code: A number that isused to activate a particularfeature.

Forward: See Call Forward.

Forward delay: The number ofrings before an unanswered callis forwarded to anothertelephone when the CallForward No Answer feature isON. Forward delay is assignedin Administration programming.

Forward No Answer: See CallForward No Answer.

Forward On Busy: See CallForward On Busy.

Full (on idle line): Afeature that, when activated,puts a line on hold when youselect an available line and thendo something that selectsanother line. Full isactivated by your CustomerService representative.

Full Handsfree: SeeHandsfree.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 256: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

1 9 8

GGroup Listening: A feature thatallows you to have others inyour office hear a caller throughyour phone’s speaker. Thecaller hears you only when youspeak into the receiver andcannot hear other people in theoffice.

HHandsfree: A feature you canuse to make calls without usingthe telephone receiver. FullHandsfree is activated inAdministration programming.When it is activated, a

button isautomatically assigned to thetelephone.

Handsfree (HF) Answerback:A feature that automaticallyturns ON the microphone at atelephone receiving a Voice Callso that the person receiving thecall can respond without liftingthe receiver. HandsfreeAnswerback is activated inAdministration programming.

button: SeeHandsfree.

Headset: A head-mounted orear-mounted telephone receiverthat is used instead of thehand-held receiver. Headsetsare not components andmust be supplied by thecustomer.

Held (Line) Reminder; Anindication that an external call

been placed on hold forcertain period of time. Your

telephone rings anddisplays the message

d call . The Held

a

Reminder feature and Reminddelay are programmed by yourCustomer Servicerepresentative.

HF Answerback: SeeHandsfree Answerback.

Hold button: A button used tosuspend calls so that the personusing the telephone can performanother task withoutdisconnecting the caller.

Hookswitch Flash: See time.

Host System Signaling: (Alsoreferred to as End-to-EndSignaling.) telephonescan access a remote system ordial a number on an alternatecarrier by means of Host featureactivation, such as Link, Pauseand Run/Stop.

Hotline: A feature thatautomatically calls apre-assigned number when thetelephone’s receiver is lifted orthe Handsfree/Mute button ispressed. A Hotline number canbe an internal or externalnumber. Hotline is programmedin Administration programming.

I An abbreviation of Intercom

button.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 257: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Glossary 199

Installer: A person who installsthe Not-star equipment, and’ performs System Startup andcertain programming actions.The Installer or the SystemCoordinator can programAdministration settings.

Intercom button: A button thatprovides access to internal linesused for calls within a system and access to externallines through a Line Pool orexternal code. A telephone maybe assigned zero, one or twoIntercom buttons. This is doneby the Customer Servicerepresentative.

Intercom keys: See Intercombutton.

Internal line: A line on yourtelephone dedicated to makingcalls to destinations inside your

system. An internal linemay still connect you with anexternal caller if you use it toaccess a line pool or to pick upa call using callhandling features such as CallPark or Call Pickup Directed.

Internal number: A number(also referred to as a DirectoryNumber or DN) that identifies a

telephone or device.

Internal user: A person using a telephone within a system.

Key Service (KSU): Thecentral hardware component inthe system. The KSUhas its own processor andmemory, and provides aphysical point of connection forthe various types of devices,telephones, and expansionmodules used in TheKSU can function on its own asa basic system (with 24 telephones and 8 externallines), or with the addition of aTrunk Module (TM) thatsupports more external lines, ora Station Module (SM) thatsupports more telephones.

Line: The complete path of avoice or data connectionbetween one telephone (orother device) and another.

Line abilities: The heading inAdministration programmingunder which you assign LineFilters to lines.

Line filter: See Dialing filter.

Line names: The sub-headingin Administration programmingthat allows you to assign namesto external lines.

Line number: A number thatidentifies an external line. Thetotal number of lines dependson how many Trunk Modulesare installed.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 258: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

200 Glossary

Line Pool: A group of linesused for making external calls.Line Pools provide an efficientway of giving a telephoneaccess to external lines withouttaking up many line buttons. Aline is assigned to be a memberof a Line Pool by your CustomerService representative

M7100 Telephone: A telephonethat has a one-line display andone programmable memorybutton without an indicator.

Line Pool access code: Anumber that identifies a LinePool. Line Pool access codesare assigned by your CustomerService representative.

M7208 Telephone: A telephonethat has a one-line display andeight programmable memorybuttons with indicators.

Link time: A specific time delaythat allows access to PBXfeatures through a system. Link time is alsoreferred to as a “HookswitchFlash” or “Recall”. Link time isassigned by your CustomerService representative.

Logging Options: A featurethat allows you to select thetype of calls that are stored inyour Call Log. You can chooseto log calls that were notanswered by anyone within thesystem, to log calls that were unanswered at this telephonebut answered elsewhere in the-.system, to log all calls answeredand not answered at thistelephone, or to not have callsautomatically logged.

A feature that allows youto manually log call informationwhen you are connected to acall.

M7310 Telephone: A telephonethat has a two-line display, threedisplay buttons, programmable memory buttonswith indicators, and 12dual-memory programmablebuttons without indicators. AnM7310 Telephone can beequipped with a Busy LampField.

M7324 Telephone: A telephonewith a two-line display, threedisplay buttons, and 24programmable memory buttonswith indicators. An M7324Telephone can be equippedwith a CAP module.

M7900 Telephone: A telephonewith a touch-screen display thatreplaces the display andmemory buttons of other

telephones. It providessimplified access to Features and an interface tocomputer driven applications.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 259: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Glossary 201

Memory The buttonsthat can be programmed to dialfrequently used-features ornumbers automatically. SeeM7100, M7208, M7310, M7324and M7900 Telephone entriesfor their exact memory buttonconfigurations.

Message: A feature that allowsyou to indicate to anotherinternal user that you would likethem to call you.

. .

Music source: A radio or othersource of music that can beconnected to the Key ServiceUnit to provide music for theMusic on Hold and BackgroundMusic features. A music sourceis not part of the systemand must be supplied by thecustomer.

NNames: A feature that allowsyou to assign System SpeedDial numbers, external lines,telephones, and Service Modesin Administration programming.You can use up to sixteencharacters to name a SystemSpeed Dial number, and sevencharacters to name a telephone,line, or Service Mode. If a Namehas not been assigned, the linenumber or DN appears on thedisplay instead of a Name.

Night Service: See ServiceModes.

Overlay: A paper template thatis placed over the top fourmemory buttons with indicatorson the M7310 or M7324Telephone during programming.The overlay labels indicate thespecial function that each of thefour buttons takes on duringprogramming.

0On hold: A setting that controlswhether external callers hearmusic, periodic tones, or silencewhen they are placed on hold.

This setting is programmed byyour Customer Servicerepresentative.

Overlay: See Programming Overlay.

PPage: A feature you can use tomake announcements over the

system. You canchoose Internal Page(announce over the telephonespeakers), External Page(announce over anexternally-mounted,customer-suppliedloudspeaker), or both Internaland External Page.

Page Zone: An area in theoffice that receives internalPage announcementsindependently of the rest of theoffice. Each Page Zone isidentified by a number.Telephones are assigned toPage Zones in Administrationprogramming.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 260: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

202 Glossary __

Park prefix: See Call park Pre-dial: A feature that allowsprefix. you to enter a number and

check it on your telephonePark timeout: A delay before display before it is actuallyan unanswered parked call dialed. If the number isreturns to the telephone that incorrect, you can edit it. Theparked it. Park timeout is set by number is dialed only when youyour Customer Service pick up the receiver or select arepresentative. See Calf Park. line.

Password: A of digits that you enter to gainaccess to programmingor to override dialingrestrictions. Passwords are alsorequired for System Startup andAdministration programming.See Class of Service password.

Prime line: A line on yourtelephone that is automaticallyselected when you lift thereceiver, press the

button or usean external dialing feature. APrime line is assigned to atelephone by your CustomerService representative.

Pause: A system feature thatallows you to set a delay in a dialing sequenceprogrammed on an externalautodial.

Prime telephone (Prime set):A telephone that providesbackup answering for incomingcalls on external lines. ThePrime telephone for a line will

Personal Speed Dial: Atwo-digit code (71-94) that canbe programmed to dial externaltelephone numbers. PersonalSpeed Dial numbers areprogrammed for eachtelephone, and can be usedonly at the telephone on whichthey are programmed.

ring for any unanswered callson that line. A Prime telephoneis assigned to a line by yourCustomer Servicerepresentative.

Pickup Group: A group oftelephones. A telephone can beplaced into one of four CallPickup Groups. A call ringing ata telephone within a PickupGroup can be picked up at anyother telephone within the samePickup Group. A telephone isassigned to a Pickup Group inAdministration programming.

Pool: See Line Pool.

Priority Call: A feature you canuse to make a Voice call to atelephone that is idle, busy orhas Do Not Disturb activated.This feature is enabled for atelephone in Administrationprogramming.

Privacy: A feature thatdetermines whether a user may select a line in use atanother telephone and join anestablished call. Privacy is setby your Customer Servicerepresentative, but can beturned ON and OFF by usersduring individual calls.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 261: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Glossary 203

Private line: Private

Private network: A telephonenetwork consisting of owned orleased telephone lines used toconnect different offices of anorganization independently ofthe public network.

Private to: A line assigned toone telephone as a Private lineby your Customer Servicerepresentative. The line cannotappear on any other telephone,except the Prime telephone forthat line. Private lines cannot beplaced into Line Pools,

Programming Overlay: See Programming Overlay.

Programming reminder: Achart on which you can recordsome commonly-used settingsfrom Administrationprogramming to keep the

system’s recordsup-to-date.

Programming: A series ofprocedures that set the way the

system works.Programming includessystem-wide settings andindividual telephone and linesettings.

Public line: An external linethat can be assigned to anytelephone and to manytelephones. A line is assignedas Public by your CustomerService representative.

Public network: The regulartelephone network thatconnects most homes andbusinesses.

Recall: See Link time.

Receiver: The handset of at e l e p h o n e .

Remind delay: A feature thatcauses a telephone to beep anddisplay the message

d call when a call hasbeen on hold for aprogrammable period of time.This period is the Remind delay,and is programmed by yourCustomer Servicerepresentative.

Restrictions: A component of aDialing filter. Restrictions arenumbers you cannot dial whenthat Dialing filter is in effect. SeeExceptions.

Ringing Telephone (RingingSet): A telephones that has been assigned to ring when aline has been placed into aService Mode. RingingTelephones are assigned inAdministration programming.

Ringing: A programmingfunction done by your CustomerService representative thatassigns a line to ring or not ringat a telephone. If a line hasbeen assigned as “No ring”, anincoming call is shown only by aflashing indicator.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 262: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

204 Glossary

button: A button that endsa call in the same way thathanging up the receiver does. Itmay also be used to endStartup, Administrationprogramming and featureoperations.

Set Copy: A programmingsection that allows you to copyprogrammable settings fromone telephone to another-of thesame type. Set Copy providestwo options: duplicating SystemData and User Data, orduplicating System Data only.

Run/Stop: A character thatcreates a breakpoint in aprogrammed external dialingsequence. When you press aprogrammed key, the systemdials the number up to theRun/Stop. When you press itagain, the system dials thedigits following the Run/Stop.

Set does not Provide thesame copy capability as the

display button, which ismore selective of the settingsthat can be duplicated.

Set filter: See Dialing filter.

Set Names: A sub-heading inAdministration programming

s that allows you to assign Namesof up to seven characters to

SAPS: See Station AuxiliaryPower Supply.

telephones.

Service Modes: A feature thatprovides special ringing andtelephone access after normaloffice hours, or when there arefew people available to answercalls. Certain features becomeactive when one or more linesare placed into a Service Mode.Service Modes settings areassigned in Administrationprogramming.

Set: A telephone.

Set ability: A sub-heading inAdministration programmingunder which set filters, line/setfilters, and a variety of systemfeatures are assigned toindividual telephones.

Set Relocation: See AutomaticTelephone Relocation.

Shift button: A small triangularbutton beside the dual-memorybuttons on the upper half of the

Telephone. Press theshift button to store or accessfeatures on the top of thedual-memory buttons.

Show Time: A feature thatallows you see the current dateand time on the telephone display while you areon a call.

Station: An individual telephoneor other device.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 263: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Glossary 205

Station Auxiliary PowerSupply (SAPS): A device whichprovides power to a telephone that is connectedmore than 305 m (1000 ft) andless than 760 m (2500 ft) fromthe Key Service Unit, or to aCAP module,

System Coordinator: A personresponsible for customizing the

system throughAdministration programmingand for helping co-workers usethe system.

System Data: An option in theSet Copy function. System Datarefers to the system settingsthat apply to all telephones andlines. System Data consists ofthe programmable settings fromSystem Startup andAdministration programming. Italso includes the settingprogrammed by your CustomerService representative.

System Speed Dial Code: Atwo-digit code (01 to 70) thatcan be programmed to dial atelephone number up to 24digits long. System Speed Dialcodes are programmed for theentire system inAdministration programming.

System Speed Dial Name: Asub-heading in Administrationprogramming under which youcan assign a name to a SystemSpeed Dial Number.

System Speed Dial: A headingin Administration programmingunder which you can assign upto 70 numbers as SystemSpeed Dial numbers.

System Startup: A procedure‘that initializes the systemprogramming to defaults. Whena system is first installedand powered up, SystemStartup must be performedbefore any programming can bedone.

TTCM line (Time CompressionMultiplexing line): A two-wiredigital station loop joining thecross-connect at the KeyService Unit to a telephone.

Telephone lock (Set lock): Afeature that allows you to limitthe number of features that maybe used or programmed at atelephone. Full telephone lockallows very few changes orfeatures, Partial telephone lockallows some changes andfeatures, and No telephone lockallows any change to be madeand any feature to be used.Telephone lock is assigned inAdministration programming.

Time and Date: A displaydescription. The current Timeand Date appear on the displayof idle telephones. TheTime and Date can be changedin Administration programming.

Transfer: A feature that lets youredirect a call to anothertelephone. There are four typesof Transfer; Transfer usingHold, Transfer withAnnouncement, Transferwithout Announcement, andtransfer using UnsupervisedConference.

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 264: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

206 Glossary

Transfer A featurethat returns a transferred call if it

is not answered after a specificnumber of rings. The number

User Filter: See Dialing filter.

rings is programmed by yourCustomer Servicerepresentative. TransferCallback does not apply to callstransferred externally. ,

V

Trunk: A physical connectionbetween the systemand the outside world usingeither the public telephonesystem or a private network.

Trunk Answer: A feature youcan use to answer a call on anyline that has an active ServiceMode, even if that fine does notappear on your telephone.Trunk Answer is activated inAdministration programming,

Voice Call: A feature you canuse to make an announcementor begin a conversation throughthe speaker of anothertelephone in the system. The telephone you calldoes not ring. Instead, theperson you call hears a beepand then your voice. Theirtelephone beeps periodically toremind them that theirmicrophone is open.

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Page 265: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

AAccess Code

External line 112 denied

Conference 102Speed dial 151Accidental Disconnect

Protection 153Administration

Dialing filters 36Direct Dial 35entering 17exiting 1%headings 16moving through 19Names 29overview 16Programming reminders 5%Service Modes 4%

Administration programming 1Alarm telephone

description 147 Dialing 114

ParkedCall Park 92

Answer buttons 95, 137Answerback 42Autobumping

feature description 84 13%

Buttons 13%feature description 74Host System Signaling 76losing data after power

failure 75

f u l l 74

Speed dial 151Automatic Call Information 54Automatic Handsfree 105

programming 42Automatic telephone relocation

153Auxiliary Ringer

programming 43Service Modes 51

BBackground Music 153Button

Indicators 69Release 13%Volume 13%

erased 75

Button Inquiryfeature description 11%

ButtonsAnswer 137

13%Erasing programming 11%Feature 137, 13%Hold 137Line 13%Memory 137Programmed 13%

CCall Display Information 3, 67Call Display services 3Call forward

feature description 77

Compact System Coordinator Guide

Brandon Hunt
Page 266: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

2 0 8 Index

No Answer 44On Busy 43Override 77

Call Forward No Answer 77Call Forward on Busy 77Call Identification 53, 54, 55

Call Informationdisplay before or after

answering 80display for a call on hold 80feature description 80

Call Log 6call from 85

add digits to a number 86trim a number 86

choose logging options 82entering 84erase log items 85feature description 82navigating within 84optional password 86

Call Park 68feature description 92

Call Pickup 68Assigning groups 96feature description 94priority of alerting calls 95

Call Pickup (group)programming 42

Call Queuingfeature description 97queuing

priorities 97Call Timer 157Callback 67Calls

incoming 73 d e n i e d

Camp On 98Camp On

Call Queuing 99feature description 98ringing 69

C a n ’ t Dialing 115

Can’ t send Message 133

Cancel’feature 66

Cancel den i Message 133

Cancel forMessage 134

CapabilitiesDialing filters 36Line filters 47User filter 47

Class of Service 154Class of Service passwords 45

copying data 46Line filter 47number of 46User filter 47

Compact DR5 TelephoneFeature Card 15

Conferencedisconnect one party 100feature description 100independently hold two calls

100on M7100 telephone 103put on hold 101split 101with Privacy 100

busyConference 102

Configuration 154Configuration programming Contrast Adjustment 105Control telephone

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 267: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Index 209

to Direct -dial telephone Directed Pickup

line programming 57 feature description 94telephone programming 57 Directory Numbers 154

COS Line filters (see Line Disconnect Protection 153filters (COS)) Display

COS Password one-line 64Changing two-line 64 feature description 104 Displays

COS passwords 45 Prime telephone 72Customizing 13 DND 71Customizing 16 Do Not Disturb 68, 78, 159,Customizing the telephone 160

D

Contrast Adjustment 105Dialing modes 106Handsfree 105

Defaults

Language 107moving line buttons

Dialing filters 38

feature description 108Pulse/Tone Dialing 109

Delayed Ring Transfer 67

ringing 109

Denied in Service modes 145

Dialingdirect dial 112Pulse or Tone 109unrestricted 38

Dialing filtersdefaults 38deleting 39number of 38

Dialing ModesAutomatic 106Pre-Dial 106Standard 106

zonePage 142

Exceptionsremoving 38

Exceptions in a Dialing filter 39Exclusive Hold 125

feature description 125Extension numbers (See

Directory Numbers)External 74External call

ringing 69External line Access Code 112External lines

Line/telephone filter 40Extra-Dial

additional Direct-Dial 5-lExtra-dial telephone 148

feature description 117.

EEmergency calls

Priority call 143Emergency telephone 148

Speed dial 151

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 268: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

F Operating 139Hold

feature description 124Listen on Hold 124

Feature Button 137. ,Feature Buttons 138Feature Programming 118Features .

canceling 66 overview 64

Restrictions 41Filter

Line 45User 47

F i l t e r sLine with COS 47Line/telephone 40

Forwarding (see Call Forward)Call forward No Answer 44Call Forward On Busy 43

Full Handsfreeprogramming 41

G

Music, Tones or Silence 125on telephone 125

Hold Button 137Hold or ease

feature programming 119Host System Signaling 126

Link 126pause 126Programmed Release 127Run/Stop 127Timed Release 127

Hotlineprogramming 45

Hotline telephone 148

IIndicators 69Internal 74Internal call

69Internal numbers (See

Directory Numbers) id

Page 142

210 Index

c a l l f i r s tCall Park 92

Group Listenfeature description 121

Group Pickupfeature description 94

HHandsf ree Language choice 107

Automatic 42 Last Number Redialetiquette 123 feature description 112Full Handsfree 42 Line

Handsfree Answerback 42 buttonsHandsf ree/Mute 68 moving 108

feature description 122 Indicators on telephones 69Headset Names 30

answering a call 139 Line AbilitiesFull Handsfree 42 Line Filter 45

L

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 269: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Index 211

Line appearance 155Line Buttons 138Line filter

defaults 45Line filters (COS)

d e f a u l t s . Programming 47

Line in Hotline 149

Line PoolHotline 44System Speed Dial 27

Line Pools 155feature description 129Ring Again 130

Line Supervision 154Line/telephone filters

number of 40Lines

Prime 155Private 155Ringing preference 156

Link 126feature description 126

Listen on Hold 124

feature description 83

Button, 137 erasing 118Memory buttons

programming 8 denied

Message 134Message Waiting 11Message Waiting List

call from 132Messages

feature description 131Message Waiting List 132Voice Message Center 136

Music on Hold 125

NName

System Speed Dial 28Names

entering letters 24Length 29Moving Telephones 29Programming 29Valid characters 29

Need Headset 140

Night Service modes 145

No freeDialing 115Message 135

No calls waitingAnswering the telephone 70 last numberLast number redial 115 1 Answering the telephone 71Dialing 115Hotline 149

No number saved

M telephone

Conferencing 103display buttons 64Hold 125selecting lines 66

M7208 telephonedisplay buttons 64

Make call firstCamp On 99

Make calls firstConference 102

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 270: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

212

Saved Number No saved number

Saved Number 116No call

Voice Call 163Not in

Camp on 99

entering 23 23

0On-hook dialing 106 ,

PPage

feature description 141zones 141

timeoutPage 142

Page Zoneprogramming 42, 43

PagingZones

Paging Page 142

Park deniedCall Park 93

Parking fullCall Park 93

PasswordAdministration 52

Pausefeature description 126

Personal programming 1Personal Speed Dial 150Pick UP receiver

Call Queuing 71Pickup

Call Pickup programming 42

Pre-Dial 106Prime Line

Hotline 44Prime lines 155Prime telephone 68, 149Priority Call

feature description 143ring 69

Privacycreating a conference 100

Private lines 155Call Pickup 42, 95

and HOLD120Programmed Release

feature description 127Programming

Automatic Handsfree 42Auxiliary Ringer 43Call Forward No Answer 44Call Forward On Busy 43Call Pickup (group) 42Capabilities 36COS Line filter 47features 118Full Handsfree 41Handsfree Answerback 42Hotline 45Names 29Page Zone preparing for 14purpose 13reminders 58Service Mode name 49Service Modes 48telephone filter 35, 40

15Trunk Answer 51using display buttons 22

Programming Overlay 19Programming Record 15

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 271: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Index 213

Pulse dialing 109

R Default and stop times

Receive tones 44Redirect Ring 69Release a ca l f

Answering the telephone Release button 138Relocating

telephones 153R e s t r i c t e d c a l l

Dialing 116Restrictions

bypassing 28for External Users 36for Internal Users 36number of 38removing 38

Restrictions in a Dialing filter 39

Ring Againfeature description 112

Ring type 110Ringing

Changing the ringfeature description 109

On/Off for lines 156Service Modes 51Volume

feature description 110Run/Stop

Feature description 127

Extra-dial telephone 51, 148feature description 145ON and OFF 49programming 48

Ringing 51Service Modes 2 and 3 49

Trunk Answer S i g n a l i n g

Host System 126Speaker

Paging 141Telephone 42

Speed DialClass of Service 152feature description 150personal programming 150

Standard Dial 106Supervision 155System Coordinator’s role 1System Speed Dial 156

bypassing restrictions 28changing name 28Display Digits 27programming 25

SSaved Number Redial

feature description 113Service Modes 48

Auxiliary Ringer 51canceling 145Control telephone 48, 145

TTelephone

Administration lock 1 Alarm 147Control 147Customizing 105Direct-Dial 35, 147Emergency 148Extra-Dial 148Hotline 148Names 29Prime 68,149

Telephone Abilities

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 272: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Automatic Handsfree 42Auxiliary Ringer 43Call forward No Answer 44Call Forward On Busy 43Call Pickup (group) 42Direct-Dial Telephones 43

Handsfree 41Handsfree Answerback 42Hotline 44Line/telephone filter 40Page Zone Priority Call 45Telephone Administration

Lock 4-lTelephone buttons

Telephones 137Telephone relocating 153Telephone User Cards 15

feature description 158using conference 158with announcement 158

Transfer deniedTransfer 161

Trunk Answerfeature description 94programming 51

UUpgrading

Class of Service passwords46

Voice Call 141deny 162feature description 162Handsfree Answerback 42,

162muting tones 162

Voice Call Deny 68feature description 162

Voice Message Centertelephone numbers 56

VolumeButton 138

TelephonesDirect-Dial 43

Thei r 1 i s t fu l lMessage 135

Timedisplay 157feature description

Time and Datesetting the date 33setting the time 33

Timed Releasefeature description

Timerfor calls 157

Tone dialing 109Tones

Receive tones 44Transfer

27 Your 1 ist full

enhanced for 2

Y

Message 135Line/telephone filter 36Page Zone Priority Call 41Telephone Administration

Lock 37

Compact DR5 System Coordinator Guide

Page 273: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Compact DR5Programming Record

Brandon Hunt
Page 274: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

age 2

Programming RecordCustomer/Company: Sales Representative:

Address: Telephone: Issue date:

Telephone:Billing number:System Coordinator:Notes: .

Installer:Installation date:

equipmentKey Service Unit

Key Service Unit (KSU)Call Identification Interface

Telephones

M7208

with Busy Lamp (BLF)M7324M7324 with 1 Central Answering Position (CAP)M7324 with 2 Central Answering Positions (CAP)Single-line telephoneEmergency telephone

Data Terminals Analog Terminal Adapter

Auxiliary equipmentExternal Paging EquipmentExternal Music sourceStation Auxiliary Power SupplyAuxiliary RingerHeadsetShoulder restRadio Frequency (RF) Filter Kit

about this Programming Record defaults in the Programming Record, shown in bold text, are defaults for the Square template.

using the sheets provided, FIRST photocopy the sheets for which multiple pages are required.

his record contains enough sheets for 4 lines and 4 telephones.

Page 275: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Page 3

Installed telephones, and other devicesName or Location , Telephone

System-wide programmingSystem Startup Installer only (Password: q q

Hvbrid PBX

handling 3. Call Handling)

Held reminder NReminddelav 30 60 90 120 150 180

to N delay (rings) 1 2 3 4 6 10

Transfer callback 4 5 6 12

Park prefix 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 NonePark timeout(s) 30 46 60 90 120 150 180 300 600Camp timeout (s) 30 -46 60 90 120 150 180Directed Y NOn hold Tones Music Silence

Miscellaneous (Configuration: 4. Miscellaneous)

Backaround music I Y NDirect-dial 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 None

time (ms) 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000Set relocation Y NHost 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000External code: 0 1 a 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 (blank)Line pool codes(max. 4 digits) A: C:

The default is or (266344). I .

Data (Configuration: 5. System Data)

Individual Change as required

Page 276: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

4 record more than 45 System Speed Dial photocopy this page BEFORE using.

Dial (General admin: Dial)

# (max. 24 digits) Line: Display Name (max. 16 char.) BypassPrime Line Pool code digits Default is speed dial digits restr’n

N Y N

NY N N

N N

Y N Y N

Y N Y N

Y N Y N

Y N Y N

Y N Y NV N Y N. .

Y N Y N

Y N Y N

Y N Y NY N Y N

N

Y N

N Y N

Y N

N Y N N Y N

Y N

Y N Y N

Y N Y N

Y N Y N

Y N Y N N. .

Y N Y N

Y N Y NY N Y N

N

Direct-Dial (General admin: 4. Direct-Dial)

N

Direct Dialtelephone S e t l : W

Page 277: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Page 5To record more than 24 dialing filters. or 16 COS passwords, photocopy this page BEFORE using.

Dialing Filters admin: Capabilities)

Filter Restrictions Exceptions# (2 digits) Restriction (max. 15 digits) (3 digits) Exception (max. 16 digits)

I I I I

Class of service (COS) passwords admin: Capabilities)

Password # of password) Password: (6 digits) User fltr: Line fitr:(2 digits) , (2 digits) (2 digits)

Page 278: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

‘age 6

Service, modes (General

Controlsets

admin: Service Modes)

L i n e : W Line Name: Control set: 21L i n e : W Line Name: Control set: 21L i n e : W Line Name: Control set: 21L i n e : W Line Name: Control set: 21L i n e : W Line Name: Control set: 21L i n e : W Line Name: I I Control set: 21

Name: Night Evening Lunch(max. 7 char.) I I I - t I ISetting Manual Off Auto Manual Off Auto Manual Off Auto

Auto is selectedStart time 2 3 : 0 0 H r : W M i n : W 1 7 : 0 0 H r : W M i n : W 1 2 : 0 0 H r : W M i n : WStop time H r : W M i n : W 2 3 : 0 0 H r : W M i n : W 1 3 : 0 0 H r : W M i n : W

Trunk answer Y N N N

Extra-dialtelephone 21 I

I I 21 I I

(max. 2 digits)

Ringing Sets Line Telephone Line Telephone Line Telephone 21 Y 21 Y N W 2 1 Y N

I I I Y I I Y I I Y NI I I I Y Y I I Y N

L Y 1 I W Y NI Y I I Y Y N

I I I I Y Y I I Y N

(General admin: 7. Password)

Admin. password(max. 6 digits)

The default is (ADMIN) or (23646).

(General admin: 8. Log Defaults)

Log size: .

Message Telephone Numbers (General admin: Services) (max. digits)

center 1 center 2 center 3 # center 4 # center

Page 279: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

To record programming for more than four lines, photocopy page using.

number:

Trunk Data (Configuration: I. Data)

from:

Dial mode Pulse Tone Pulse Tone Pulse Tone P u l s e T o n e

F u l l N N N

Line Data (Configuration: Data)

copied from:

Line type Public Public Public PublicPrivate to: Private to: Private to: Private to:Pool: (A-C) Pool: (A-C)

. .Pool: (A-C) Pool: (A-C)

Prime set 2 1 None w 2 1 None w 2 1 None w 2 1 N o n e W

Aux. ringer Y N N Y N NAuto orivacv Y N Y N Y N Y N

Line Abilities (General admin: Capabilities)

copied from line:

Line filter I 03 I 03 03 I 03

(General admin: 9. Call Services)

Auto Call Info N o n e N o n e W N o n e W N o n e W

copied from line:

center

Page 280: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

8 record programming for more than four telephones, photocopy the following tables BEFORE using.

programming (max. 2 digits)

lame:max. 7 char.)nodet:

Set enter set and circle S for system data or SU for system and user data)

from set: S su su su

(Configuration: 2. Line Access)

su

from: 0 1 R i n g No ring

0 2 Ring No ringRing No ringRing No ringRing No ringRing No ring

Ring No ringRing No ringRing No ringRing No ring

pool access C buttons 0 1 2

line None Intercom Pool-- -

0 1 Ring02 Ring

Ring Ring

RingRingRingRingRingRing

A B C

01 Ring No ring02 Ring No ring

Ring No ringRing No ringRing No ringRing No ringRing No ringRing No ringRing No ringRing No

A B C0 1 2NoneIntercom

Pool-. -

01 Ring No ring02 Ring No ring

Ring No ringRing No ringRing No ringRing No ringRing No ringRing No ringRing No ringRing No ring

C0 1 2Noneintercom

Pool-* -

No ringNo ringNo ringNo ringNo ringNo ringNo No No No ring

0 1 2NoneIntercom

Pool-- -

abilities (General admin: 5. Capabilities)

from set: filter 02 02 02 02

filters

lock

Line*- - F i l t e r : -- - Filter- -

Line.- - Filter

- - Filter- - L i n e : - Filter

Line.Partial

L i n e : - Filter- -- - Filter

Line:- FilterLine Filter

- - FilterL i n e : - FilterNone Full Partial

L i n e : - Filter - - F i l te r - -

Line*- - F i l te r - -a - Filter* -

L i n e : - Filter- -Line*- - FilterNone Full Partial

- - F i l te r - -Line*- - F i l te r - -L i n e : - Filter Line- - F i l te r - -L i n e : - F i l t e r : -L i n e : - FilterNone Full Partial

handsfree Y N Y N Y N Y NY N handsfree N

answerback Y Ngroup NO 1 2 3 4

zone

Y N

Y N

NO1 2 3 4Y N

Y N

Y N

NO1 2 3 4Y N

Y N

NO1 2 3 4Y N

NO1 2 3 NO1 2 3 NO1 2 3 N Y N’ Y N Y N

NoneNone or to:None or to:2 3 4 6 10

None on busy None or to:

no answr None or to: delay 3 4 6 10 tones Y N

None NoneNone or to: None or to:None or to: None or to:2 3 4 6 10 2 3 4 6 10Y N Y N Y N

call None lntml Extml

NNone lntml ExtmlY N

None lntml ExtrnlY N

None ExtrnlY N

Page 281: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

(General admin: 9. Call

cooled from:

L ine Y N Line Y NLine Y N I Line Y NLine Y N Line Y NLine Y N I Line Y NLine Y N Line Y NLine Y N Line Y N

Show extl Line Y N Line Y NLine Y N Line Y NLine Y N Line Y NLine Y N Line Y NLine Y N Line Y NLine Y N Line Y N

Log Space1 st Display Name Name

Number NumberI

LineLineLineLineLineLineLineLineLineLineLineLine

Y N LineY N LineY N Y N LineY N LineY Line

Y N LineY N LineY N LineY N LineY N LineY N Line

Y NY NY NY NY N

N

Y NY NY NY NY NY N

Name NameNumber Number

Page 282: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

P a g e 1 0

Programming glossary1st display Select the first to be displayed by the Call Display features. The default is Name.

Other settings are Number and Line. Name or Number only appear if you have subscribed toCall Display services, otherwise line name will appear as the default.

Admin. password Assign a 1 t o password for security. The default is (23646).Answer Up to four buttons on a telephone can be programmed for answering calls to the of other

telephones. The default is No Answer

Auto Call Info

Auto handsfreeAuto privacy

Auxiliary ringer

Enter the of other telephone to appear on answer buttons at this telephone.Lets you identify the telephone that will automatically display Call Display information for aspecific alerting line (providing you have subscribed to Call Display services).Choose Yes to allow automatic activation of Handsfree capability.Lets you program settings for trunks.Choose Yes to prevent other users, who have access to this line on their telephones, from usingthe line while a call is already in progress.A section of programming that lets you program whether or not the telephone is able toautomatically log call information for calls on a specific line and whether Message Waitinginformation is displayed (providing you have subscribed to Call Display services).Choose Yes for an Auxiliary Ringer installed) to ring for an incoming call on a specific line or ata specific telephone. The default is Yes for ringing on specific lines, and No for ringing at specificteleohones.

music Choose Yes to hear music through the telephone’s speaker (music source must be connected).The default is No.

Bypass restriction

Call Handling

Call Services

Camp timeout

Choose Yes to allow a user to bypass restrictions or retain the default No to prevent bypass whenusing a Speed Dial number.A sub-heading for a programming section that lets you program system-wide settings for variouscall features.A sub-heading for a programming section that lets you program settings for Voice Messaging,External Visual Message Waiting indication, Call Display Information and Call Logs.Choose the number of seconds a call can remain camped before it returns to the originatingteleohone. The default is 45 seconds.

Capabilities A sub-heading for a programming section that lets you create Dialing filters. Assign the filters toSet abilities, Line abilities and Class of Service passwords.

Configuration (Installer only) A heading for a programming that lets you program system-wide configuration settings.Control sets Assign a control telephone to each external line to turn the Service Mode ON or OFF for the line.

The default control telephone is DN 21. Enter the numbers for the line(s), the name of the personwho uses the telephone and the new DN if changed.

COS passwords Create up to 20 six-digit passwords that control access and use of the system.Dial mode Lets you program settings for physical trunk lines. Select the mode of dialing on this line: Pulse or

Tone. The default is Pulse.Dialing filtersDirect dial #

Direct-dial

Directed pickup

Display digits

DRT delay

Build tables of up to 25 Dialing filters (00 to 24) using restrictions and exceptions.Assign the digit used to dial a Direct-dial telephone. The default is 0. The digit can b e 0 , 1 . 2 , 5, 6, 7, 8. 9 or None. It cannot be the same as the first digit of a DN, of a Line Pool access code,the External Line access code or the Call Park Prefix.A sub-heading for a programming section that lets you assign a Direct-dial telephone forsingle-digit dialing.Directed Pickup allows you to answer calls at any telephone by specifying the ringing telephone’snumber (unlike Call Pickup Group only allows pickup of calls within a specified group oftelephones). The default is Yes.Retain the default, Yes, to see the telephone number on the display when using the speed dialnumber or change the setting to No to turn off the display.If “DRT to prime” is activated, assign the number of rings before a call is transferred. Default is 3

Page 283: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Page 11

DRT to prime, Delayed Ring Transfer automatically unanswered to a Prime Choose Yes to activate DRT.

Exceptions Enter any number of exceptions to the restrictions, as long as the total number of restrictions and for the svstem does not exceed 200.

External code Assign the one digit External tine access or none. This code allows an Telephoneor an to access external lines.

Extra-dial telephone

Filter

Forward no answer

Forward on busy

Full

Full handsfree

If a Direct-dial telephone is also a Control telephone for a Service mode, you can specify anExtra-dial telephone at which all calls made to the Direct-dial telephone will also ring. The defaultExtra-dial telephone is 21.l Enter a dialing filter number. Then enter the first restriction to be assigned. Enter all the

exceptions to a restriction before writing in the next restriction or the next filter number. Copy the contents of one fitter to a new filter for easier programming. Remember to all

the restrictions and exceptions assigned to each filter.l Preset and default filter assignments:

Filter 00 for No restrictions (the setting cannot be altered).Filter 01 pre-set with five restrictions and related exceptions (but is re-programmable).Restr’n 01: 0

0 2 : 1 Excpt’n 001: 1800Excpt’n 002: 1555Excpt’n 003: 1’1’555 Excpt’n 004: 1’0’555

08 911 Excpt’n 001: 911

04: 411Restr’n 05: 976Filter 02 is the unrestricted default filter for Set abilities, Set filter.Filter 03 is the unrestricted default filter for tine abilities, Line filter.

To redirect calls that have gone at the telephone, enter the DN of a telephone to which the calls should go- If “Forward no is activated, Forward delay sets thenumber of rings before the call is forwarded. The default is 3 rings. Other options are 2, 4, 6 and10 rings.

redirect all incoming calls to your telephone, when you are busy with another call, enter theDN of another telephone to which the calls should go.Lets you program settings for lines.The default is No. Choose Yes only if you want to be able to put an idle line on hold to reserve itwhile you select another line (for example, to answer a call).Choose Yes to allow a user to make or receive calls without picking up the receiver or to allowthe use of a headset on a teleohone.

General admin A heading for a programming section that lets you program system-wide settings and specificsettinos for each line or teleohone.

Held line reminder

HF answerbackHost delay

Choose Yes to program the telephone to remind you when a call is on hold. Two tones soundperiodically until the call is answered. The default is No.Choose Yes to allow a user to answer a Voice Call without lifting the receiver.Choose the delay in milliseconds between the selection of an outgoing line and the moment that

sends dialed dioits or codes on that line. The default is 1000 milliseconds.Hotline Assign a telephone number to be called automatically when a user lifts the receiver or presses

Retain the default None if no hotline is needed.Choose to assign an internal telephone as the hotline.Choose Extml to make an external telephone the hotline. By defautt, the Extml setting uses thePrime line (Use prime line) to make the call. Choose the Use setting to assign an externalline number or choose Pool to assign the access code of tine pool for making the call.

Brandon Hunt
Page 284: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

‘age 12

Individual Change the Directory Number (DN) of a telephone. All must be the same length. The firstdigit of a new DN cannot be the same as the External Line access code or 0.Note: Changing an individual DN locks the configuration session into System Data mode, and

when the session ends, you have to m-enter the Configuration access code and theInstaller password to continue with programming.

Installer password Change the one to six character Installer password used to enter Configuration programmingfrom the default of (266344).

Intercom buttons Choose the number of intercom buttons on the telephone (default is 2) for access to internallines.

Line abilities A section of programming that lets you apply dialing filters to lines.Line Access A sub-heading for a programming section that lets you program settings for each telephone.Line assignment Enter the line numbers of the lines to be assigned to the telephone (default assignments are lines

01 and 02).Each line assigned to a telephone must appear at a button with an indicator on the telephone,(except for the M7100 Telephone which has no line buttons and can be assigned any number oflines).

Line data A section of programming that lets you program settings.Line fltr Enter a two-digit filter number to temporarily replace the Line filter assigned to this line.

The default allows a filter programmed previously to continue to apply.Line filter Retain default filter 03 defined previously in Dialing filters programming or assign another

digit filter number to the line.Line names Identify a line by the name of its destination or by the trunk type (up to seven characters).Line access Choose the Line Pools (A to to which the telephone user will have access.

The default is No for all pools.Line codes Assign the Line Pool access codes for each Line Pool used. A code can be one td four digits in

length (Line Pool access codes have no defaults). A line pool code cannot start with the first digitof any DN (including Rec’d the call park prefix or the Direct-dial digit.

Line type Lets you program settings for physical trunks.Choose Public to be able to assign the line to any telephone.Choose Private to make the line private. Enter the DN of the telephone to which the line is tobe assigned.Choose Pool to select Line Pool (A to C) to which the line will belong.Note: See the Configuration chapter in the Installer Guide for specific guidelines on

setting up line pools.Line/set filters Enter the three-digit number of a line assigned to the telephone. Assign a two-digit filter from

Dialing filters to replace any line or set filters that might otherwise apply to that particular line. Youcan assign up to 255 Line/set filters.

Link time Link time specifies the duration of a signal required to access a feature through a remote system.The is 600 milliseconds.

Log Defaults A sub-heading for a programming section that lets you re-allocate system call log space for alltelephones.

Log password Set the call log password for a telephone to default, erasing any user inserted password. Thedefault is No Password.

Log space Reallocate the call log space on a telephone-by-telephone basis.Logging set Identify the telephone(s) that will automatically receive call log information for a specific line

(providing you have subscribed to Call Display services).Miscellaneous A sub-heading for a programming section that lets you program various system-wide settings.Name This option only appears if Display digits for Speed Dial is set to No. Enter up to 16 characters to

see a name (such as: COURIER) instead of a telephone number on the display.Namel, Name3 Retain the default Service Mode names or enter new names (up to 7 characters).Names A sub-heading for a programming section that lets you assign meaningful names to telephones

and lines.

Brandon Hunt
Page 285: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Page 13

On hold

PagingPage zone

Park prefixPark timeout

Password

Pickup group

Prime line

Prime set

Receive tones delay

Reset logs

Restrictions

Ringing

Service Modes

A caller waiting oh hold hear Music (from a such as radio to the KSU),periodic Tones or Silence. default is Tones.

Allows announcements to be made from a telephone. The default is Yes.By default, a telephone falls into Page Zone 1. Enter a digit from 2 to 3 to change the page zonefor this telephone, or change the setting to No to prevent pages to this telephone.Assign the code number to retrieve a parked call. The default is 1.Choose the number of seconds a call on an external line can remain parked before it returns tothe originating telephone. The default is 45 seconds.A sub-heading a programming section that lets you allow authorized persons to have accessto General administration programming.Enter a digit from 1 to 4 for your Pickup Group to be able to answer any calls ringing at anothertelephone in your group or retain the default No to disable the feature.Assign a Prime line to the telephone. The Prime line is the first line selected automatically formaking calls from the telephone. To assign a line or line pool as Prime line, the line or line poolmust have been assigned to the telephone. Choose None for no Prime line (default).Choose Line to select an external line as the Prime line.Choose Pool to select a Line Pool (A to C) as the Prime line.Choose WC to select an internal line (intercom) as the Prime line.A Prime telephone can provide backup answering of calls on the line. The default Primetelephone is DN 21. To change the telephone for this line, enter the DN of anothertelephone, or choose None for no Prime telephone.A section of programming that lets the system accept and relay tone to the TCP lines.If Held Line Reminder is Yes, assign a delay before begins for a call.The default is 60 seconds.Re-allocate the call log space on a system-wide basis. The system total of 160 log spaces can bedistributed to the telephones.Enter up to 46 restrictions for a dialing as long as the total number of restrictions andexceptions for the system does not exceed 200.In the Programming Record, list the line numbers which are assigned to ring at the telephone.Also list the Answer Group which are assigned to at the telephone. The defaults for alltrunk lines is Ring. The for Answer Group which are assigned to at the telephoneis Ring.A sub-heading for a programming section that lets you assign telephones to ring during specified

of the dav.Set abilitiesSet Copy

Set filter

Set lock

Set namesSet relocation

‘Set Services

Setting

Show

A section of programming that lets you apply dialing filters and permissions telephones.A heading for a programming section that lets you copy programming from one telephone in thesystem to another.Retain the default filter 02, or assign another two-digit filter number from Dialing filtersprogramming.To limit personal programming and customization that can be performed at this telephone,

from the defautt None to Full or Partial. as Identify a telephone by the name of a person or its location (up to seven characters).Set relocation permits a telephone to be moved from one location within the system toanother without losing the settings programmed on it. The default is No or OFF.A sub-heading for a programming section that lets you control some specific attributes of call loginformation.Enter the DN for the Direct-dial telephone. Remember that other Direct-dial programming isrequired in Configuration (4. Miscellaneous) and General admin (5. Capabilities).Manual (the default) allows you to turn the Service Mode On or Off at any time from the controltelephone. Change the setting to Off to disable Service Mode, or change it to Auto to assignautomatic Start/Stop times.Identify the telephone that will give voice message waiting indication for messages on a specificline (providing you have subscribed to Call Display services).

Brandon Hunt
Page 286: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Page 14

Show Line

Ringing SetsAuxiliary ringerSpeed dial Use prime line,Use line:-,Pool

Start time:Stop time:System-speed dial

System Data

System VersionTime and dateTrunk/Line Data

Transfer callback

Trunk answer

Trunk dataUser filter

center

lines

Enter the of an which requires telephones (a line can havemultiple ringing telephones).Enter the of the telephones that should ring for calls on that line.You can also make the Auxiliary ringer ring for calls on that line.

Assign telephone numbers (up to 24 digits) to the speed dial codes 01 to 70.Choose whether to the Prims line (the default), another external line, or a line pool withSpeed dial numbers’

Use the default Start/Stop times shown on the Programming Record or assign new times forService Modes.

A sub-heading for a programming section that lets you assign up to 70 2-digit speed dial numbersthat can be dialed from telephones.

A sub-heading for a programming section that lets you re-assign a telephone’s internal number orchange the lengths of all internal numbers and of Received numbers.

A sub-heading for a programming section that informs you of the system version.

A sub-heading for a programming section that lets you set the system’s clock.

A sub-heading for a programming section that lets you program physical trunks in Trunk Data.Program physical trunk lines in Line Data programming.

Assign the number of times that a call you transfer is allowed to before the call returns toyour telephone. Default is 3 rings.

Set Trunk answer to Yes to allow external calls to be answered by any telephone, regardless ofwhere the call rings.

A section of programming that lets you program settings for physical trunk lines only.

Enter a two-digit filter number to temporarily replace the Set or Line/set filter assigned to thistelephone. The default (Defit) allows a filter programmed previously to continue to apply.

Program the telephone numbers required to access up to five different Voice Message Centersusing the callback function of the Message Waiting feature (providing you have subscribed to CallDisplay services).

Program which of the five Voice Message Centers are to be accessed by each specific line. Validsettings are Voice Message Center 5, and None. The default setting for all lines isVoice Message Center 1.

Brandon Hunt
Page 287: Compact 616 DR5 Installer Guide - textfiles.compdf.textfiles.com/manuals/TELECOM-F-R/Norstar UL 616 DR5.pdfperformed by Northern Telecom Inc. or by one of its authorized dealers. Address

Programming defaultsA.

1. Data 7) line:

Trunk data Dial mode

ToneFull N

Private to:. Pool

2. Line Access (p. 8)Show tine assignment

01.02.03.04.05.06ADD or line

Answer No Answer Add

Ringing (All assigned Trunklines) Ring

No Ring (A-C) access Y N

keys fine None

3. Call Handling (p. 3)

Music,

4. Miscellaneous (p. 3)gmd music Y N

N

Y N

(blank)

1 to 4 valid digits Installer pswd.

‘System Data (p.. 3) New-]

B. General admin

Sys speed dial (24

Number No number Line Prime!

Line Pool

2. Names (pp. 7, 8) Set names max. 7 characters

tine names max. 7 characters

3. Time and date set accordingly 14. Direct-Dial

: 21None,

5. Capabilities (pp. 5, 7, 8) filters

Show Filter 00 No Filter 01

01 0 ----02 1 001 1800

0 0 2 003 1’1’555004 1’0’555

03 911 001 91104 411

9 7 6 Filters 02 to 24 No

1 to 4:Paging Y Page zone

2.3. ringer Y

Forward on busy None

IForward to:

Forward delay: Y N

Hotline None Extml

Priority Call Y

abilities line:

Line

COS oasswordsShow

6. Service Modes (p. 6)Control Show

I Set

1Name Name:

Change:

Off AutoStart (if setting is Auto) 23:00Stop (if is Auto)Trunk answer Y NExtra-dial set 21Show line: Ringing SetsAux. ringer

I Off Auto setting is Auto)

Stap (if setting is Auto) 23:00Trunk answer Y N

set 21

Pinging SetsAux. ringer

I Name:

21Y N

change: (7 characters)Manual

Off Auto (if setting is Auto) (if setting is Auto)

Trunk answer Y N set 21

Ringing Setsl Aux. ringer Y

8. (p. 6)

Space/Log: 1

9. Call Services

Show line: Auto Call Info

Set servicesShow

For each line assigned:

Log passwrd: None1 Name

Numbr Line] center 1 to center 5: None lines

Show line:

C. Set Copy. SYSTEM dataCopy: SYSTEM + USER

D. System Version DRX

Brandon Hunt